RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.1
RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT
This RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT (together with all exhibits, annexes, and schedules hereto, in each case as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), dated as of November 6, 2018, is entered into by and among:
(i) PetroQuest Energy, Inc. (“PetroQuest”), PetroQuest Energy, L.L.C. (“PQE”), TDC Energy, LLC (“TDC”), PetroQuest Oil & Gas, L.L.C., PQ Holdings LLC, Pittrans Inc. and Sea Harvester Energy Development, L.L.C. (collectively, the “Company”);
(ii) the undersigned lenders, or investment advisors or managers for the account of the lenders under that certain Multidraw Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2018 (as may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prepetition Term Loan Agreement”), among PQE, PetroQuest, Xxxxx Fargo Bank, National Association as administrative agent (the “Prepetition Term Loan Agent”), and the lenders holding Term Loans (as defined therein) (the “Prepetition Term Loans”) party thereto from time to time (the “Prepetition Term Loan Lenders”, and together with their respective successors and permitted assigns and any subsequent Prepetition Term Loan Lenders that becomes party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof, the “Consenting Term Loan Lenders”);
(iii) the undersigned noteholders, or investment advisors or managers for the account of the noteholders (the “Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders”, and together with their respective successors and permitted assigns and any subsequent Prepetition Second Lien Noteholder that becomes party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof, the “Consenting Second Lien Noteholders”) under that certain Indenture for the 10% Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2021 dated as of February 17, 2016 (as may be amended or supplemented from time to time, including by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 13, 2016, collectively the “Prepetition Second Lien Indenture” and the notes outstanding thereunder, the “Prepetition Second Lien Notes”), among PetroQuest, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Indenture Trustee and Collateral Trustee thereunder (in such capacity, the “Prepetition Second Lien Trustee”); and
(iv) the undersigned noteholders, or investment advisors or managers for the account of the noteholders (the “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Noteholders”, and combined with the Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders, the “Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders”, and the undersigned Prepetition Second Lien PIK Noteholders, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns and any subsequent Prepetition Second Lien PIK Noteholder that becomes party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof, the “Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders”, and combined with the Consenting Second Lien Noteholders, the “Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders”, and together with the Consenting Term Loan Lenders, the “Consenting Creditors”) under that certain Indenture for the 10% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2021 dated as of September 27, 2016 (as amended or
supplemented from time to time, the “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture” and the notes outstanding thereunder the “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes”, and combined with the Prepetition Second Lien Notes, the “Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes”), among PetroQuest, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Indenture Trustee and Collateral Trustee thereunder (in such capacity, the “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee”, and collectively with the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee, the “Indenture Trustee”).
The Company and each Consenting Creditor and any subsequent Person or entity that becomes a party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof are referred herein as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.” Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan (as defined below) attached hereto as Exhibit A (including any schedules and exhibits attached thereto).
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, it is the intent of the Parties that all references to votes or voting in this Agreement be interpreted to include votes or voting on a plan of reorganization under title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101-1532 (the “Bankruptcy Code”). Time is of the essence in the performance of the obligations of each of the Parties under this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to a Section, Exhibit or Schedule, respectively, of or attached to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (a) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, (b) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, (c) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation,” and (d) the word “or” shall not be exclusive and shall be read to mean “and/or.” “Writing,” “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. Any reference to “business day” means any day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banks located in New York, New York are closed for business as a result of federal, state or local holiday and any other reference to day means a calendar day.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed to enter into certain transactions (the “Restructuring Transactions”) in furtherance of a global restructuring of the Company’s capital structure (the “Restructuring”) which requires the consummation of a joint “pre-negotiated” plan of reorganization on the terms set forth in Exhibit A and otherwise as approved pursuant to this Agreement (such plan, together with any exhibits, schedules, attachments or appendices thereto, in each case as may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms herein and therein, the “Plan”), a solicitation of votes therefor (the “Solicitation”) pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, and the commencement by the Debtors (as defined below) of voluntary cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “Court”);
2
WHEREAS, the Restructuring Transactions include: (i) entry into an Exit Facility (the “Exit Facility”) in an aggregate amount of $50 million, on the terms set forth in the Exit Facility Term Sheet attached hereto as Exhibit B and otherwise as approved pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Documents (as defined below); (ii) the payment in full of the Prepetition Term Loans; (iii) the conversion of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes and Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes to (a) $80 million of New Second Lien PIK Notes, on the terms set forth in the New Second Lien Term Sheet attached hereto as Exhibit C and otherwise as approved pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Documents, and (b) new equity in the Company; and (iv) the grant of a new Management Incentive Plan on the terms described in the MIP Term Sheet attached hereto as Exhibit D and otherwise as approved pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Documents (the “Management Incentive Plan”);
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Consenting Term Loan Lenders hold, in the aggregate, 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Prepetition Term Loans;
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders hold, in the aggregate, approximately 85% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes, as indicated on Exhibit E to this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Consenting Creditors have reached an agreement for the consensual use of Cash Collateral (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), as approved pursuant to the terms set forth in the Definitive Documents;
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to express to each other their mutual support and commitment in respect of the matters discussed in the Plan and hereunder.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. | Certain Definitions. |
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
(a) “Akin Gump” means Akin Gump Xxxxxxx Xxxxx & Xxxx LLP.
(b) “Beneficially Own” means the definition of such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (as defined below), and a Person’s beneficial ownership of securities shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of such Rule (in each case, irrespective of whether or not such Rule is actually applicable in such circumstance), provided, however, that securities shall only be considered to be Beneficially Owned by a Consenting Creditor for purposes of this Agreement to the extent that (i) such Consenting Creditor has sole discretionary management authority of such securities that includes the sole authority to vote and (ii) any such securities are not on loan pursuant to a securities lending program. For the avoidance of doubt, “Beneficially Own” shall also include record ownership of securities where such record ownership satisfies the conditions of the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence.
(c) “Claims” means any claims (as defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code) against the Debtors.
3
(d) “Confirmation Order” means the order of the Court confirming the Plan in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(e) “Consenting Class” means any of the following groups: the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders, the Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders, or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Noteholders, as applicable.
(f) “Consenting Creditor Counsel” means (i) Akin Gump, as counsel to the Consenting Term Loan Lenders and the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders and (ii) Xxxx Xxxxx LLP, as counsel to the Indenture Trustee.
(g) “Corre Funds” means Corre Opportunities Qualified Master Fund, LP, Corre Opportunities II Master Fund, LP, Corre Horizon Interim Fund LLC, any funds related to the foregoing that are signatories to this Agreement, and any of such funds’ successors or assigns.
(h) “Debt Documents” means, as the context may require, the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, and the “Note Documents” as defined in each of the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture.
(i) “Debtors” means PetroQuest, PQE, and TDC, which will file cases under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(j) “Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement in respect of the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit F, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, as approved or ratified by the Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(k) “Effective Date” means the date upon which all conditions to the effectiveness of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms thereof and the Plan becomes effective.
(l) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(m) “Final Order” means an order or judgment of the Court (or any other court of competent jurisdiction) entered by the Clerk of the Court (or such other court) on the docket in the Chapter 11 Cases (or the docket of such other court), which has not been modified, amended, reversed, vacated or stayed and as to which (A) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari, or move for a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari or motion for new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall then be pending or (B) if an appeal, writ of certiorari, new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing thereof has been sought, such order or judgment of the Court (or other court of competent jurisdiction) shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or certiorari shall have been denied, or a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order, and the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, stay, reargument or rehearing shall have expired, as a result of which such order shall have become final in accordance with Rule 8002 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure; provided that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, may be filed relating to such order, shall not cause an order not to be a Final Order.
4
(n) “Interest” means any equity interest (as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code) of a Debtor, including all ordinary shares, units, common stock, preferred stock, membership interest, partnership interest or other instrument, evidencing any fixed or contingent ownership interest in any Debtor, whether or not transferable, including any option, warrant, or other right, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interest in a Debtor, that existed immediately before the Effective Date.
(o) “MacKay Funds” means any funds or accounts to which MacKay Xxxxxxx LLC has sole investment or voting discretion that are or become signatories to this Agreement and any of the foregoing funds’ or accounts’ successors or assigns.
(p) “Person” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a limited liability company, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, a group, a governmental or regulatory authority, or any legal entity or association.
(q) “Prepetition Agreements” means (i) the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, (ii) the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture, and (iii) the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture.
(r) “Requisite Creditors” means each of (i) the Requisite Term Loan Lenders, (ii) the Requisite Second Lien Noteholders, and (iii) the Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders.
(s) “Requisite Second Lien Noteholders” means, as of the date of determination, the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds; provided, however, that to the extent either the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds Transfer (as defined below) some or all of their Prepetition Second Lien Notes after the Support Effective Date and such Transfer results in the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds holding or Beneficially Owning Prepetition Second Lien Notes that together equal less than 50% of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes held by the Consenting Second Lien Noteholders, “Requisite Second Lien Noteholders” shall mean Consenting Second Lien Noteholders holding or Beneficially Owning at least a majority of the outstanding Prepetition Second Lien Notes held by the Consenting Second Lien Noteholders as of such date; provided, further, that in all cases, “Requisite Second Lien Noteholders” shall include the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds (not including any successors or assigns that have purchased Prepetition Second Lien Notes after the Support Effective Date), as applicable, to the extent that such party has not Transferred its Prepetition Second Lien Notes after the Support Effective Date as described in the foregoing provision.
(t) “Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders” means, as of the date of determination, the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds; provided, however, that to the extent either the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds Transfer some or all of their Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes after the Support Effective Date and such Transfer results in the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds holding or Beneficially Owning Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes that together equal less than 50% of the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes held by the Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders, “Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders” shall mean Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders holding or Beneficially Owning at least a majority of the outstanding Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes held by the Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders as of such date; provided, further, that in all cases, “Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders” shall include the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds (not including any successors or assigns that have purchased Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes after the Support Effective Date), as applicable, to the extent that such party has not Transferred its Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes after the Support Effective Date as described in the foregoing provision.
5
(u) “Requisite Term Loan Lenders” means, as of the date of determination, the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds; provided, however, that to the extent either the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds Transfer some or all of their Prepetition Term Loans after the Support Effective Date and such Transfer results in the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds holding Prepetition Term Loans in amounts that together equal less than 50% of the Prepetition Term Loans held by the Consenting Term Loan Lenders, “Requisite Term Loan Lenders” shall mean Consenting Term Loan Lenders holding at least a majority of the outstanding Prepetition Term Loans held by the Consenting Term Loan Lenders as of such date; provided, further, that in all cases, “Requisite Term Loan Lenders” shall include the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds (not including any successors or assigns that have purchased Prepetition Term Loans after the Support Effective Date), as applicable, to the extent that such party has not Transferred its Prepetition Term Loans after the Support Effective Date as described in the foregoing provision.
(v) “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
(w) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(x) “Support Effective Date” means the earliest date on which counterpart signature pages to this Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by (i) the Company, (ii) Consenting Term Loan Lenders holding at least 662⁄3%, in aggregate principal amount outstanding as of such date, of the Prepetition Term Loans, (iii) Consenting Second Lien Noteholders holding at least 662⁄3%, in aggregate principal amount outstanding as of such date, of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes, and (iv) Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders holding at least 662⁄3%, in aggregate principal amount outstanding as of such date, of the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes.
(y) “Support Period” means the period commencing on the Support Effective Date and ending on the earlier of the (i) date on which this Agreement is terminated in full with respect to all parties in accordance with Section 5 and (ii) the Effective Date.
2. | Bankruptcy Process; Plan of Reorganization. |
(a) The Plan. The Plan is expressly incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement. The material terms and conditions of the Restructuring are set forth in the Plan.
(b) The definitive documents (the “Definitive Documents”) with respect to the Restructuring shall include the following along with any other documents (including any related orders, motions, applications, agreements, instruments, schedules or exhibits) that are described in or contemplated by this Agreement and the Plan and necessary or desirable to implement the Restructuring and the Restructuring Transactions:
(i) this Agreement;
(ii) the Plan and Disclosure Statement;
6
(iii) the motion seeking approval of the Disclosure Statement, the Solicitation procedures, and the form of ballots and notices and related relief (such motion, together with all exhibits, appendices, supplements, and related documents, the “Disclosure Statement Motion”), and the order approving the Disclosure Statement Motion (the “Disclosure Statement Order”);
(iv) the Confirmation Order;
(v) the motion seeking assumption of the Company’s obligation under this Agreement to pay the fees, costs, and documented out of pocket expenses of Consenting Creditor Counsel and Xxxxxxxx Xxxxx and other expenses, if any, of the Consenting Creditors;
(vi) the Exit Facility;
(vii) each of the motion seeking authority to use Cash Collateral and an interim order (the “Interim Cash Collateral Order”) and a final order (the “Final Cash Collateral Order” and together with the Interim Cash Collateral Order, the “Cash Collateral Orders”), approving same, which Cash Collateral Orders shall, without limitation, provide the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders and the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders adequate protection for the use of their cash collateral as described in the Cash Collateral Orders;
(viii) the first day motions, second day motions and orders of the Court approving any first day motions or second day motions;
(ix) the supplement to the Plan (the “Plan Supplement”), including, without limitation, the Registration Rights Agreement, all organizational and governance documents governing the reorganized Company and other corporate documents (the “Governance Documents”), consistent with the Governance Term Sheet attached hereto as Exhibit G and otherwise as approved pursuant to the terms of the Definitive Documents and all documents related to the Management Incentive Plan and the employment and compensation of officers, directors and employees, consistent with the Employment Agreements and Severance Plan attached hereto as Exhibit J;
(x) a 3-year business plan for the Company (the “Business Plan”); and
(xi) any other documents, instruments, schedules or exhibits described in, related to, contemplated in, or necessary to implement, each of the foregoing.
Each of the Definitive Documents shall (1) contain terms and conditions consistent in all material respects with this Agreement and (2) otherwise be in form and substance acceptable in all respects to the Company and the Requisite Creditors.
7
3. | Agreements of the Consenting Creditors. |
(a) Voting; Support. Each Consenting Creditor agrees that with respect only to the Claims or Interests that it Beneficially Owns, for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (x) the expiration of the Support Period and (y) the date upon which this Agreement is validly terminated pursuant to the terms hereof with respect to such Consenting Creditor, such Consenting Creditor (acting severally and not jointly with the other Consenting Creditors) shall:
(i) (A) timely vote or cause to be voted its Claims or Interests to accept the Plan by delivering its duly executed and completed ballot or ballots, as applicable, accepting the Plan on a timely basis following commencement of the Solicitation, (B) not change or withdraw such vote (or cause or direct such vote to be changed or withdrawn);
(ii) timely vote (or cause to be voted) its Claims or Interests against any plan, plan proposal, restructuring proposal, offer of dissolution, winding up, liquidation, sale or disposition, reorganization, merger or restructuring of the Company other than the Plan (each, an “Alternative Restructuring”);
(iii) not directly or indirectly, through any Person or entity (including any administrative agent, collateral agent, or indenture trustee), seek, solicit, propose, support, assist, engage in negotiations in connection with or participate in the formulation, preparation, filing or prosecution of any Alternative Restructuring or take any other action that would reasonably be expected to prevent, interfere with, delay or impede the Solicitation, approval of the Disclosure Statement, or the confirmation and consummation of the Plan and the Restructuring;
(iv) not direct any administrative agent, collateral agent, or indenture trustee (as applicable) to take any action inconsistent with such Consenting Creditor’s obligations under this Agreement, and, if any applicable administrative agent, collateral agent, or indenture trustee takes any action inconsistent with such Consenting Creditor’s obligations under this Agreement, such Consenting Creditor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to request or direct that such administrative agent, collateral agent, or indenture trustee cease and refrain from taking any such action;
(v) support and take all actions reasonably necessary or reasonably requested by the Company to facilitate the Solicitation of the Plan, obtain approval of the Disclosure Statement, and confirmation and consummation of the Plan and the Restructuring; and
(vi) to the extent any legal or structural impediment arises that would prevent, hinder, or delay the consummation of the Restructuring, negotiate in good faith with the Company appropriate additional or alternative provisions to address any such impediments;
provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3(a) shall require any Consenting Creditor to incur any expenses, liabilities or other obligations, or agree to any commitments, undertaking, concessions, indemnities or other arrangements that could reasonably be expected to result in expenses, liabilities or other obligations to any such party to the extent such expenses, liabilities or other obligations will not be reimbursed by the Company.
8
(b) Rights of Consenting Creditors Unaffected. Nothing contained herein shall limit:
(i) the rights of a Consenting Creditor under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, foreclosure or similar proceeding, including appearing as a party in interest in any matter to be adjudicated in order to be heard concerning any matter arising in the Chapter 11 Cases, in each case, so long as the exercise of any such right is consistent with this Agreement and such Consenting Creditor’s obligations hereunder;
(ii) the ability of a Consenting Creditor to purchase, sell, or enter into any transactions in connection with its Claims or Interests, in compliance with the terms hereof and applicable law;
(iii) subject to the terms and obligations hereof and applicable law, any right of a Consenting Creditor under the Prepetition Agreements, any other applicable agreement, instrument or document that gives rise to a Consenting Creditor’s Claims or Interests, as applicable, or constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision of any such agreement, instrument or document;
(iv) subject to any confidentiality provisions in this Agreement and the Prepetition Agreements, the ability of a Consenting Creditor to consult with any other Parties or entities; or
(v) the ability of a Consenting Creditor to enforce any right, remedy, condition, consent or approval requirement under this Agreement or under any of the Definitive Documents.
(c) Transfers. Each Consenting Creditor agrees that, for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (x) the expiration of the Support Period and (y) the date upon which this Agreement is validly terminated pursuant to the terms hereof with respect to such Consenting Creditor, such Consenting Creditor shall not sell, transfer, loan, issue, pledge, hypothecate, assign or otherwise dispose of (each, a “Transfer”), directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any of its Claims or any option thereon or any right or interest therein or any other Claims or Interests (including grant any proxy or deposit any Claims or Interests into a voting trust or entry into a voting agreement with respect thereto), unless the transferee thereof either (A) is a Consenting Creditor or (B) prior to such Transfer, agrees in writing for the benefit of the Parties to become a Consenting Creditor and to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement applicable to Consenting Creditors (including with respect to any and all Claims or Interests it already may hold prior to such Transfer) by executing a joinder agreement, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit H (a “Joinder Agreement”), and delivering an executed copy thereof within three (3) business days of such execution, to (i) Xxxxxx Xxxxxx LLP (“Xxxxxx Xxxxxx”), as counsel to the Company, and (ii) Consenting Creditor Counsel, in which event (x) the transferee (including the Consenting Creditor transferee, if applicable) shall be deemed to be a Consenting Creditor hereunder to the extent of such transferred rights and obligations and (y) the transferor shall be deemed to relinquish its rights (and be released from its obligations) under this Agreement to the extent of such transferred rights and obligations. Each Consenting Creditor agrees that any Transfer of any Claim or Interest that does not comply with the terms and procedures set forth herein shall be deemed void
9
ab initio, and the Company and each other Consenting Creditor shall have the right to enforce the voiding of such Transfer. Each transferee shall indicate, on the appropriate schedule annexed to its Joinder Agreement (with holdings information contained in such schedule to be redacted consistent with the redaction of Exhibit E under Section 10), the number and amount of Claims or Interests held by such transferee. With respect to the Claims or Interests held by the transferee upon consummation of the sale, assignment, grant, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other disposition of such Claims or Interests, the transferee hereby makes the representations and warranties of the Consenting Creditors set forth in Section 3 to the other Parties.
(d) Additional Claims or Interests. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to preclude a Consenting Creditor from (i) acquiring additional Claims, (ii) holding or acquiring any other claims against the Debtors entitled to vote on the Plan, (iii) holding or acquiring any Interests entitled to vote on the Plan or (iv) Transferring any such additional Claims or other claims or Interests; provided, that, in each case, each such Consenting Creditor shall promptly notify its counsel, who will notify counsel to the Company (who will maintain the information confidentially consistent with the provisions of Section 8). Each such Consenting Creditor agrees that any such additional Claims or other claims or Interests shall automatically and immediately upon acquisition by a Consenting Creditor be subject to this Agreement (regardless of when or whether notice of such acquisition is given to the Company or whether it is of the same nature of Claims or Interests owned by such Consenting Creditor as of the date of this Agreement) other than with respect to any Claims acquired by such Consenting Creditor in its capacity as a Qualified Marketmaker in accordance with Section 3(e), and that, for so long as this Agreement has not been terminated pursuant to the terms hereof with respect to such Consenting Creditor, it shall vote (or cause to be voted) any such additional Claims or other claims or Interests entitled to vote on the Plan (to the extent still held by it or on its behalf at the time of such vote), in a manner consistent with Section 3(a).
(e) Qualified Marketmaker. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Consenting Creditor may Transfer any of its Claims to an entity that is acting in its capacity as a Qualified Marketmaker (as defined below) without the requirement that the Qualified Marketmaker be or become a Consenting Creditor; provided, however, that the Qualified Marketmaker subsequently transfers all right, title and interest in such Claims to a transferee that is or becomes a Consenting Creditor as provided above, and the transfer documentation between the transferring Consenting Creditor and such Qualified Marketmaker shall contain a requirement that provides as such. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at the time of the proposed Transfer of such Claims to the Qualified Marketmaker, such Claims (x) may be voted on (1) the Plan or (2) any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, merger, transaction, consolidation, business combination, joint venture, partnership, sale of assets, financing (debt or equity), recapitalization, restructuring or similar transaction involving the Company, other than the Plan, the proposed transferor Consenting Creditor must first vote such Claims in accordance with the requirements of Section 3(a), or (y) have not yet been and may not yet be voted on the Plan and such Qualified Marketmaker does not transfer such Claims to a subsequent transferee prior to the third (3rd) business day prior to the expiration of the voting deadline (such date, the “Qualified Marketmaker Joinder Date”), such Qualified Marketmaker shall be required to (and the transfer documentation to the Qualified Marketmaker shall have provided that it shall), on the first business day immediately following the Qualified Marketmaker Joinder Date, become a Consenting Creditor with respect to such Claims in
10
accordance with the terms hereof (provided that the Qualified Marketmaker shall automatically, and without further notice or action, no longer be a Consenting Creditor with respect to such Claims at such time that the transferee of such Claims becomes a Consenting Creditor with respect to such Claims). For these purposes, “Qualified Marketmaker” means an entity that (X) holds itself out to the market as standing ready in the ordinary course of business to purchase from and sell to customers Claims, or enter with customers into long and/or short positions in Claims, in its capacity as a dealer or market maker in such Claims, and (Y) is in fact regularly in the business of making a market in claims, interests and/or securities of issuers or borrowers.
(f) Additional Consenting Creditors. Any Prepetition Term Loan Lender, Prepetition Second Lien Noteholder, or Prepetition Second Lien PIK Noteholder may, at any time after the Support Effective Date, become a party to this Agreement as a Consenting Creditor (an “Additional Consenting Creditor”) by executing a joinder agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, pursuant to which such Additional Consenting Creditor shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Consenting Prepetition Term Loan Lenders or Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholder, as applicable, hereunder, including under Section 3(e) in respect of any additional Claims or Interests acquired after the date of such joinder agreement.
4. | Agreements of the Company. |
(a) Covenants. The Company agrees that, for the duration of the Support Period, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries included in the definition of Company, to:
(i) prepare or cause to be prepared the Definitive Documents, each of which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall contain terms and conditions consistent with this Agreement and subject to the approval rights set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2;
(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to (A) support and take any and all actions necessary, appropriate or reasonably requested by the Consenting Creditors to facilitate the Restructuring Transactions, including (1) the solicitation of the Plan, (2) obtaining approval and confirmation of the Plan, (3) consummating the Restructuring, and (4) timely filing any objection or opposition to any motion filed with the Court seeking the entry of an order modifying or terminating the Debtors’ exclusive right to file and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganization, directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee, converting or dismissing the Chapter 11 Cases or for relief that (x) is inconsistent with this Agreement in any respect or (y) would, or would reasonably be expected to, frustrate the purposes of this Agreement, including by preventing the consummation of the Restructuring, (B) obtain orders of the Court in respect of the Restructuring, (C) support the release and exculpation provisions contained in the Plan and (D) perform its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with its terms and as set forth in the Plan;
11
(iii) (A) seek entry of the Cash Collateral Orders and, if necessary, timely file a formal written response in opposition to any objection filed with the Court by any Person or entity with respect to entry of the Cash Collateral Orders or with respect to any adequate protection proposed to be granted or granted to the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders and the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders pursuant to the Cash Collateral Orders, (B) subject to professional responsibilities, prosecute and defend any appeals related to the Restructuring, (C) execute and deliver any other required agreements to effectuate and consummate the Restructuring and (D) operate its business in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice, and that is consistent with this Agreement, the Restructuring and the Business Plan and maintain the good standing (or equivalent status under the laws of its incorporation or organization) under the laws of the jurisdiction in which each of the entities comprising the Company are incorporated or organized;
(iv) provide prompt written notice (in accordance with Section 19) to the Consenting Creditors between the date hereof and the Effective Date of (A) the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event of which the Company has actual knowledge which occurrence or failure would be likely to cause (1) any covenant of the Company contained in this Agreement not to be satisfied in any material respect or (2) any condition precedent contained in the Plan not to timely occur or become impossible to satisfy, (B) receipt of any notice from any third party alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring, (C) receipt of any notice, including from any governmental unit with jurisdiction, of any proceeding or of any complaints, litigations, investigations or hearings commenced, or, to the actual knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company, relating to or involving the Company (or of any communications that the same may be contemplated or threatened), and (D) any failure of the Company to comply, in any material respect, with or satisfy, any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder;
(v) subject to compliance with all applicable confidentiality agreements or obligations, provide to the Consenting Creditors and/or their respective professionals during normal business hours and without disruption to the Company’s business, (A) upon reasonable advance notice to the Company, reasonable access to the respective management and advisors of the Company, (B) prompt access to any information provided to any existing or prospective financing sources (including lenders under any exit financing) and (C) timely and reasonable responses to all diligence requests;
(vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any and all required regulatory and/or third-party approvals for the Restructuring embodied in the Plan, if any;
(vii) (A) provide draft copies of all material motions or applications and other documents (including all Definitive Documents) the Company intends to file with the Court, execute, distribute, use or publicly disclose to the Consenting Creditor Counsel at least three (3) business days prior to the date when the Company intends to file with the Court, execute, distribute, use or publicly disclose any such pleading or other document (provided that if delivery of such motions, orders or materials (other than the Definitive Documents) at least three (3) business days in advance is not reasonably practicable, such motion, order or material shall be delivered as soon as reasonably practicable prior to filing with the Court, executing, distributing, using or publicly disclosing); and (B) without limiting any approval rights set forth herein, consult in good faith with Akin Gump regarding the form and substance of any of the foregoing documents in advance of the filing, execution, distribution, use (as applicable) or public disclosure thereof;
12
(viii) regardless of whether the Restructuring Transactions are consummated, to pay in cash upon demand on or before the Petition Date accrued and unpaid fees, costs, and documented out of pocket expenses of Consenting Creditor Counsel and Xxxxxxxx Xxxxx, each subject to the terms of applicable engagement letters, provided, however, that contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall pay all such fees, costs, and documented out of pocket expenses incurred prior to the Support Effective Date, in each case. The Company shall additionally pay all reasonable fees, costs, and expenses on a regular and continuing basis within seven (7) business days of demand, without any requirement for Court review or further Court order, unless the Company has objected to the reasonableness of the fees, costs, or expenses; provided, however, that the Company shall not be responsible for any fees, costs and expenses incurred after termination of this Agreement; provided, further, that the expense reimbursement under this Section 4(a)(viii) shall include all fees and expenses reasonably expected to be incurred by the foregoing persons related to the Restructuring Transactions following the Effective Date; and
(ix) comply in all material respects with applicable laws (including making or seeking to obtain all required material consents and/or appropriate filings or registrations with, notifications to, or authorizations, consents or approvals of any regulatory or governmental authority), and paying all material taxes as they become due and payable except to the extent nonpayment thereof is permitted by the Bankruptcy Code.
(b) Negative Covenants. The Company agrees that, to the extent consistent with the fiduciary duties of the boards of directors, managers, members or partners, as applicable, of the Company under applicable law as determined in good faith upon the advice of outside counsel, for the duration of the Support Period, without the consent of the Requisite Creditors, the Company shall not, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries included in the definition of Company, not to, directly or indirectly:
(i) seek, solicit, propose or support an Alternative Restructuring;
(ii) modify the Plan, in whole or in part, in a manner that is inconsistent with any material aspect of this Agreement;
(iii) withdraw or revoke the Plan or publicly announce its intention not to pursue the Plan, except as may be required by the Requisite Creditors;
(iv) take or threaten to take, any action or file any motion, pleading or other Definitive Document with the Court (including any modifications or amendments thereof) or any other documents related to the Restructuring that is (A) inconsistent with any material aspect of this Agreement, the Plan or any other Definitive Document; and (B) has not received the requisite approvals in accordance with the rights set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2;
13
(v) take any action that is inconsistent with, or is reasonably likely to interfere with, consummation of the Restructuring;
(vi) commence an avoidance action or other legal proceeding that challenges the validity, enforceability, or priority of the Claims held by the Consenting Creditors, or otherwise negatively affects the rights of the Consenting Creditors;
(vii) incur or suffer to exist any indebtedness or any guarantee of indebtedness, except as contemplated by this Agreement and the Plan and indebtedness existing and outstanding immediately prior to the date hereof, trade payables, and liabilities arising and incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(viii) incur any liens or security interests, except as permitted under the Cash Collateral Orders; and
(ix) enter into any commitment or agreement with respect to debtor-in-possession financing or the use of cash collateral other than the Cash Collateral Orders unless such commitment or agreement complies in all respects with this Agreement and the Plan.
(c) Automatic Stay. The Company acknowledges and agrees and shall not dispute that after the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the giving of notice of default or termination of this Agreement by any Party pursuant to this Agreement shall not be a violation of the automatic stay of section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code (and the Company hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the applicability of the automatic stay to the giving of such notice); provided that nothing herein shall prejudice any Party’s rights to argue that the giving of notice of default or termination was not proper under the terms of this Agreement.
5. | Termination of Agreement. |
(a) This Agreement shall terminate as to all Parties two (2) business days following the delivery of notice, delivered in accordance with Section 19: (i) from the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders to the other Parties at any time after and during the continuance of any Combined Consenting Second Lien Termination Event (as defined below), (ii) from the Company to the other Parties at any time after and during the continuance of a Company Termination Event (as defined below), or (iii) from the Consenting Term Loan Lenders to the other Parties at any time after and during the continuance of any Consenting Term Loan Lender Termination Event, in each case, unless the giving of such notice is waived in writing by the other Parties. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 5, no Party may exercise any of its respective termination rights as set forth herein if such Party has failed to perform or comply in all material respects with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (unless such failure to perform or comply arises as a result of another Party’s actions or inactions that breached this Agreement), with such failure to perform or comply causing, or resulting in, the occurrence of the Combined Consenting Second Lien Termination Event, Company Termination Event or Consenting Term Loan Lender Termination Event. In addition, this Agreement shall terminate automatically on the Effective Date of the Plan.
14
(b) A “Combined Consenting Second Lien Termination Event” shall mean any of the following:
(i) the breach by the Company or the Requisite Term Loan Lenders of any of the obligations, undertakings, representations, warranties or covenants of such Party set forth herein (except those obligations, undertakings, representations, warranties or covenants separately listed below in this Section 5(b)), which remains uncured for a period of three (3) business days after the receipt of written notice of such breach pursuant to Section 19;
(ii) the issuance by any governmental authority, including any regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction, of any ruling, judgment or order enjoining the consummation of or rendering illegal the Plan or the Restructuring, and either (A) such ruling, judgment or order has been issued at the request of or with the acquiescence of the Company, or (B) in all other circumstances, such ruling, judgment or order has not been stayed, reversed or vacated within thirty (30) days after such issuance;
(iii) if the Company shall not have complied with each of the following milestones, which may be extended with the consent of the Requisite Creditors (the “Milestones”):
(1) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 6, 2018, the Chapter 11 Cases shall not have been filed;
(2) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 6, 2018, the Company shall not have filed the Plan and Disclosure Statement with the Court;
(3) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 9, 2018, the Interim Cash Collateral Order has not been entered by the Court;
(4) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 16, 2018, the Court shall not have entered an order provisionally approving of the Disclosure Statement;
(5) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 16, 2018, an order approving the payment of the fees and expense of the Consenting Creditors in accordance with this Agreement, which order shall include a waiver or modification of automatic stay to provide any notices contemplated by and in accordance with this Agreement;
(6) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 20, 2018, the Company shall not have commenced the Solicitation in accordance with section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;
(7) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 27, 2018, the Final Cash Collateral Order has not been entered by the Court;
15
(8) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on December 21, 2018, the Confirmation Order has not been entered by the Court; and
(9) if, as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on December 31, 2018, the Effective Date shall not have occurred;
(iv) the Company files or otherwise supports any plan of reorganization or Alternative Restructuring other than the Plan;
(v) on the date that an order entered by the Court or a court of competent jurisdiction denying confirmation of the Plan or refusing to approve the Disclosure Statement becomes a Final Order;
(vi) the Company withdraws the Plan or Disclosure Statement, or the Company amends or modifies the Plan or Disclosure Statement, or the Company files any motion, pleading or related document (including any other Definitive Documents) with the Court that has not received the requisite approvals set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2 or is inconsistent with this Agreement or the Plan and such motion, pleading or related document (including any other Definitive Documents) has not been withdrawn prior to two (2) business days after the Company receives written notice from the Requisite Creditors (in accordance with Section 19 hereof) that such motion, pleading or related document (including any Definitive Documents) is inconsistent with this Agreement or the Plan or has not received the requisite approvals set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2;
(vii) the Company files any motion for the (A) conversion of one or more of the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (B) appointment of an examiner with expanded powers beyond those set forth in section 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code or a trustee or receiver in one or more of the Chapter 11 Cases or (C) dismissal of one or more of the Chapter 11 Cases;
(viii) on the date the Court or a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order (A) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases, (B) converting any of the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (C) dismissing any of the Chapter 11 Cases, (D) terminating exclusivity under section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code, (E) making a finding of fraud, dishonesty or misconduct by any executive, officer or director of any of the entities comprising the Company, regarding or relating to the Company or (F) vacating, extending, terminating, amending or modifying in any material respect the Cash Collateral Orders without the consent of each of the Requisite Second Lien Noteholders and the Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders;
(ix) on the date the Court or a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order granting relief from the automatic stay to the holder or holders of any security interest to permit foreclosure (or the granting of a deed in lieu of foreclosure on the same) on any of the Company’s assets (other than in respect of insurance proceeds or with respect to assets having a fair market value of less than $250,000 in the aggregate);
16
(x) the Company (A) files any motion seeking to avoid, disallow, subordinate or recharacterize any claim, lien, or interest (including any Claim or Interest) held by any Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholder arising under or relating to the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture (as applicable) or (B) shall have supported any application, adversary proceeding or cause of action referred to in the immediately preceding clause (A) filed by a third party, or consents (without the consent of the affected Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholder) to the standing of any such third party to bring such application, adversary proceeding or cause of action;
(xi) on or after the date hereof, the Company engages in any merger, consolidation, disposition, acquisition, investment, dividend, incurrence of indebtedness or other similar transaction outside of the ordinary course of business other than (A) the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases or (B) with the consent of the Requisite Creditors;
(xii) on the date the Court or a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order granting relief that (A) is inconsistent with this Agreement in any material respect or (B) would, or would reasonably be expected to, materially frustrate the purposes of this Agreement, including by preventing the consummation of the Restructuring;
(xiii) the failure of the Company to comply with the Cash Collateral Orders, including failure to make adequate protection payments when due, which remains uncured for a period of two (2) business days after the receipt of written notice of such event or is not otherwise waived in accordance with the terms thereof;
(xiv) the occurrence of a “Termination Event” (as defined in the Cash Collateral Orders) under the Cash Collateral Orders that has not been waived or timely cured in accordance therewith and the resulting acceleration of the obligations or termination of lending commitments under the Cash Collateral Orders;
(xv) the termination of this Agreement by the Consenting Term Loan Lenders;
(xvi) the Company makes any payment to the Consenting Term Loan Lenders, other than as provided in this Agreement or any agreements relating to the Restructuring;
(xvii) the entry by the Company into any material non-ordinary course transaction or payment by the Company of any material non-ordinary course payment inconsistent with this Agreement or the Plan; or
(xviii) the Company fails to timely pay the fees and documented out of pocket expenses of the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders, their counsel, or Xxxxxxxx Xxxxx as set forth under Section 4(a)(viii).
17
(c) A “Company Termination Event” shall mean any of the following:
(i) the breach by one or more of the Consenting Creditors, of any of the undertakings, representations, warranties or covenants of the Consenting Creditors set forth herein in any material respect which remains uncured for a period of three (3) business days after the receipt of written notice of such breach pursuant to Section 19, but only if the non-breaching Consenting Creditors in the applicable class hold less than 662⁄3% of the aggregate principal amount of Claims in such Class;
(ii) the board of directors, managers, members or partners, as applicable, of the Company reasonably determines in good faith based upon the advice of outside counsel that continued performance under this Agreement would be inconsistent with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under applicable law; provided, that the Company provides notice of such determination to the Consenting Creditors within one (1) business day after the date thereof; provided further, that to the extent one of the Consenting Creditors seeks an expedited hearing to determine if the Company has validly exercised this clause, the Company consents to such expedited hearing but all parties reserve all rights with respect to the underlying relief;
(iii) the issuance by any governmental authority, including any regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction, of any ruling, judgment or order enjoining the consummation of or rendering illegal the Plan or the Restructuring, and such ruling, judgment or order has not been stayed, reversed or vacated within thirty (30) days after such issuance;
(iv) as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 6, 2018, the Support Effective Date shall not have occurred;
(v) as of 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on December 31, 2018, the Effective Date shall not have occurred; or
(vi) the Court enters an order (A) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases, (B) converting any of the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (C) dismissing any of the Chapter 11 Cases, or (D) terminating exclusivity under section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code;
(d) A “Consenting Term Loan Lender Termination Event” shall mean any of the following:
(i) the breach by the Company, the Requisite Second Lien Noteholders, or the Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders of any of the obligations, undertakings, representations, warranties or covenants of such Party set forth herein (except those obligations, undertakings, representations, warranties or covenants separately listed below in this Section 5(d)), which remains uncured for a period of three (3) business days after the receipt of written notice of such breach pursuant to Section 19;
(ii) the issuance by any governmental authority, including any regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction, of any ruling, judgment or order enjoining the consummation of or rendering illegal the Plan or the Restructuring, and either (A) such ruling, judgment or order has been issued at the request of or with the acquiescence of the Company, or (B) in all other circumstances, such ruling, judgment or order has not been stayed, reversed or vacated within thirty (30) days after such issuance;
18
(iii) the Company shall not have complied with each of the Milestones, which may be extended with the consent of the Requisite Creditors;
(iv) the Company files or otherwise supports any plan of reorganization other than the Plan and such plan of reorganization materially and adversely impacts or would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the economic treatment under the Plan of the Consenting Term Loan Lenders;
(v) on the date that an order entered by the Court or a court of competent jurisdiction denying confirmation of the Plan or refusing to approve the Disclosure Statement becomes a Final Order;
(vi) the Company withdraws the Plan or Disclosure Statement, or the Company amends or modifies the Plan or Disclosure Statement, or the Company files any motion, pleading or related document (including any other Definitive Documents) with the Court that has not received the requisite approvals set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2 or is inconsistent with this Agreement or the Plan and such motion, pleading or related document (including any other Definitive Documents) has not been withdrawn prior to two (2) business days after the Company receives written notice from the Requisite Creditors (in accordance with Section 19 hereof) that such motion, pleading or related document (including any Definitive Documents) is inconsistent with this Agreement or the Plan or has not received the requisite approvals set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2;
(vii) the Company files any motion for the (A) conversion of one or more of the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (B) appointment of an examiner with expanded powers beyond those set forth in section 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code or a trustee or receiver in one or more of the Chapter 11 Cases or (C) dismissal of one or more of the Chapter 11 Cases;
(viii) on the date that the Court or a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order (A) directing the appointment of an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases, (B) converting any of the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (C) dismissing any of the Chapter 11 Cases, (D) terminating exclusivity under section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code, (E) making a finding of fraud, dishonesty or misconduct by any executive, officer or director of any of the entities comprising the Company, regarding or relating to the Company or (F) vacating, extending, terminating, amending or modifying in any material respect the Cash Collateral Orders without the consent of each of the Requisite Term Loan Lenders;
(ix) on the date that the Court or a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order granting relief from the automatic stay to the holder or holders of any security interest to permit foreclosure (or the granting of a deed in lieu of foreclosure on the same) on any of the Company’s assets (other than in respect of insurance proceeds or with respect to assets having a fair market value of less than $250,000 in the aggregate);
19
(x) the Company (A) files any motion seeking to avoid, disallow, subordinate or recharacterize any claim, lien, or interest held by the Consenting Term Loan Lenders arising under or relating to the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement or (B) shall have supported any application, adversary proceeding or cause of action referred to in the immediately preceding clause (A) filed by a third party, or consents (without the consent of any affected Consenting Term Loan Lenders) to the standing of any such third party to bring such application, adversary proceeding or cause of action;
(xi) on or after the date hereof, the Company engages in any material merger, consolidation, disposition, acquisition, investment, dividend, incurrence of indebtedness or other similar transaction outside of the ordinary course of business other than (A) the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, or (B) with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
(xii) on the date that the Court or a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order granting relief that (A) is inconsistent with this Agreement in any material respect or (B) would, or would reasonably be expected to, materially frustrate the purposes of this Agreement, including by preventing the consummation of the Restructuring;
(xiii) the failure of the Company to comply with the Cash Collateral Orders, including failure to make adequate protection payments when due, which remains uncured for a period of two (2) business days after the receipt of written notice of such event or is not otherwise waived in accordance with the terms thereof;
(xiv) the occurrence of a “Termination Event” (as defined in the Cash Collateral Orders) under the Cash Collateral Orders that has not been waived or timely cured in accordance therewith and the resulting acceleration of the obligations or termination of lending commitments under the Cash Collateral Orders;
(xv) the termination of this Agreement by the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders;
(xvi) the Company makes any payment to the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders other than as provided in this Agreement or any agreements relating to the Restructuring; or
(xvii) the entry by the Company into any material non-ordinary course transaction or payment by the Company of any material non-ordinary course payment inconsistent with this Agreement or the Plan.
(e) Mutual Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement of the Company and the Requisite Creditors upon the receipt of written notice delivered in accordance with Section 19.
20
(f) Effect of Termination. Upon the termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 5, and except as provided in Section 13, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and of no further force or effect and each Party shall, be immediately released from its liabilities, obligations, commitments, undertakings and agreements under or related to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and remedies that it would have had and shall be entitled to take all actions, whether with respect to the Restructuring or otherwise, that it would have been entitled to take had it not entered into this Agreement, including all rights and remedies available to it under applicable law; provided, however, that in no event shall any such termination relieve a Party from liability for its breach or non-performance of its obligations hereunder prior to the date of such termination.
(g) If the Restructuring Transactions are not consummated or the Support Effective Date does not occur or this Agreement is terminated for any reason (other than a termination on the Effective Date of the Plan), nothing herein shall be construed as a waiver by any Party of any or all of such Party’s rights and the Parties expressly reserve any and all of their respective rights and any and all of their remedies, Claims and Interests. Pursuant to Federal Rule of Evidence 408 and any other applicable rules of evidence, this Agreement and all negotiations relating hereto shall not be admissible into evidence in any proceeding other than a proceeding to enforce its terms. This Agreement shall in no event be construed as or be deemed to be evidence of an admission or concession on the part of any Party of any Claim or fault or liability or damages whatsoever. Each of the Parties denies any and all wrongdoing or liability of any kind and does not concede any infirmity in the Claims or defenses which it has asserted or could assert.
6. | Definitive Documents; Good Faith Cooperation; Further Assurances. |
Each Party hereby covenants and agrees to cooperate with each other in good faith in connection with, and shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts with respect to the pursuit, approval, negotiation, execution, delivery, implementation and consummation of the Plan, the Restructuring and the Restructuring Transactions, as well as the negotiation, drafting, execution and delivery of the Definitive Documents. Furthermore, subject to the terms hereof, including the proviso under Section 3(a) and the approval rights under the last paragraph of Section 2, each of the Parties shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary and appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement, including making and filing any required regulatory filings, and shall refrain from taking any action that would frustrate the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
7. | Representations and Warranties. |
(a) Each Party, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the other Parties that the following statements are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof (or as of the date a Consenting Creditor becomes a party hereto):
(i) such Party is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, and has all requisite corporate, partnership, limited liability company or similar authority to enter into this Agreement and carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and perform its obligations contemplated hereunder; and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of such Party’s obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other similar action on its part;
21
(ii) the execution, delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement does not and will not (A) violate any material provision of law, rule or regulation applicable to it or its charter or bylaws (or other similar governing documents) and with respect to the Company, each of the entities that comprise the Company, or (B) with respect to the Company, conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any contractual obligation to which it or any of the entities that comprise the Company is a party or its or their assets are bound, except for the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases and any actions taken during the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with this Agreement;
(iii) the execution, delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement does not and will not require any registration or filing with, consent, authorization or approval of, or notice to, or other action, with or by, any federal, state or governmental authority or regulatory body, except such filings as may be necessary and/or required by the SEC or other securities regulatory authorities under applicable securities laws; and
(iv) this Agreement is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability or a ruling of the Court.
(b) Each Consenting Creditor severally (and not jointly) represents and warrants to the Company that, as of the date hereof (or as of the date such Consenting Creditor becomes a party hereto), such Consenting Creditor (i) Beneficially Owns the principal amount of each Claim or Interest set forth below its name on Exhibit E hereto (or below its name on the schedule of a Joinder Agreement for any Consenting Creditor that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof), and/or (ii) has, with respect to the beneficial owners of such Claims or Interests, (A) sole investment or voting discretion with respect thereto, (B) full power and authority to vote on and consent to matters concerning such Claims or Interests or to exchange, assign and transfer such Claims or Interests, and (C) full power and authority to bind or act on the behalf of, such beneficial owners. The amount of each Claim or Interest set forth below each Consenting Creditor’s name Exhibit E hereto (or below its name on the schedule of a Joinder Agreement for any Consenting Creditor that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof) does not include any Claim or Interest out for loan pursuant to a securities lending program on the date hereof. As of the date hereof, no Consenting Creditor Beneficially Owns any other securities of the Company other than the Claim or Interest set forth below each Consenting Creditor’s name on Exhibit E hereto (or below its name on the schedule of a Joinder Agreement for any Consenting Creditor that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof).
(c) Each Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholder severally (and not jointly) makes the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 20(c), in each case, to the Company.
22
8. | Disclosure; Publicity. |
The Company shall submit drafts to Consenting Creditor Counsel of any press releases, public filings (including filings with the SEC), public announcements or communications with any news media or to the public generally, that constitute disclosure of the existence or terms of this Agreement (or any amendment to the terms of this Agreement) or the transactions contemplated hereby at least two (2) business days prior to making any such disclosure for the review, consultation and approval by the Consenting Party Counsel. The Company and its advisors shall not (a) use the name of any Consenting Creditor, or other identifying information about any Consenting Creditors, in any press release, filing with the SEC or other means of disclosure referenced in the immediately preceding sentence without such Consenting Creditor’s prior written consent and (b) except as required by applicable law or otherwise permitted under the terms of any other agreement between the Company and any Consenting Creditor, disclose to any Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other Party), other than advisors to the Company, subject to any confidentiality agreement between the Company and any Consenting Creditor (including any confidentiality obligations under the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement), the principal amount or percentage of any Claims or Interests held by any Consenting Creditor or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, in each case, without such Consenting Creditor’s prior written consent, and the Company acknowledges and agrees that it may not disclose such information provided by a Consenting Creditor contained on Exhibit E of this Agreement or a Joinder Agreement (including the schedule thereto) with any other Consenting Creditor, and further agrees that it shall redact such information from the applicable exhibits or schedules before filing any pleading with the Court (provided, that the holdings disclosed may be filed in unredacted form with the Court under seal) and from “closing sets” or other representations of the fully executed Agreement or any Joinder Agreements; provided, however, that (i) if such disclosure is required by law, subpoena, or other legal process or regulation, the disclosing Party shall afford the relevant Consenting Creditor a reasonable opportunity to review and comment in advance of such disclosure and shall take all reasonable measures to limit such disclosure and (ii) the foregoing shall not prohibit the disclosure of the aggregate percentage or aggregate principal amount of Claims or Interests held by all the Consenting Creditors, collectively, on a facility by facility basis. Notwithstanding the provisions in this Section 8, any Party may disclose, only to the extent consented to in writing by a Consenting Creditor, such Consenting Creditor’s individual holdings.
9. | Amendments and Waivers. |
(a) Other than as set forth in Section 9(b), this Agreement, including any exhibits or schedules hereto, may not be waived, modified, amended or supplemented except with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Creditors;
(b) Notwithstanding Section 9(a):
(i) any waiver, modification, amendment or supplement to this Section 9 shall require the written consent of all of the Parties;
(ii) any modification, amendment or change to the definition of “Requisite Creditors,” “Requisite Term Loan Lenders,” “Requisite Second Lien Noteholders” or “Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders” shall require the written consent of each individual Consenting Creditor included in such definition; and
23
(iii) any change, modification or amendment to this Agreement or the Plan that treats or affects any Consenting Creditor in a manner that is materially and adversely disproportionate, on an economic or non-economic basis, to the manner in which any of the other Consenting Creditors are treated (after taking into account each of the Consenting Creditors’ respective holdings and interests in the Company and the recoveries contemplated by the Plan (as in effect on the date hereof)) shall require the written consent of such Consenting Creditor.
10. | Effectiveness. |
This Agreement shall become effective and binding upon each Party on the Support Effective Date; provided, however, that Exhibit E shall be delivered to (a) other Consenting Creditors in a redacted form that removes the details of such Consenting Creditors’ holdings of Claims and Interests and (b) the Company, Xxxxxx Xxxxxx, and Consenting Creditor Counsel in an unredacted form (to be held by Xxxxxx Xxxxxx and Consenting Creditor Counsel on a professionals’ eyes only-basis).
11. | GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. |
(a) This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of Texas, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
(b) Each of the Parties irrevocably agrees that any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought by any Party or its successors or assigns shall be brought and determined in any federal or state court in the County of Xxxxxx in the City of Houston (“Texas Courts”) and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts for itself and with respect to its property, generally and unconditionally, with regard to any such proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Restructuring Transactions. Each of the Parties agrees not to commence any proceeding relating hereto or thereto except in the Texas Courts other than proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce any judgment, decree or award rendered by any Texas Courts. Each of the Parties further agrees that notice as provided herein shall constitute sufficient service of process and the Parties further waive any argument that such service is insufficient. Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion or as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Restructuring Transactions, (i) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Texas Courts for any reason, (ii) that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (iii) that (A) the proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (B) the venue of such proceeding is improper or (C) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, all proceedings contemplated by this Section 11(b) shall be brought in the Court.
24
(c) EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
12. | Specific Performance/Remedies. |
It is understood and agreed by the Parties that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by any Party and each non-breaching Party shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief (including attorneys’ fees and costs) as a remedy of any such breach in addition to any other remedy to which such non-breaching Party may be entitled, at law or in equity, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy, including an order of the Court requiring any Party to comply promptly with any of its obligations hereunder. Each Party also agrees that it will not seek, and will waive any requirement for, the securing or posting of a bond in connection with any Party seeking or obtaining such relief.
13. | Survival. |
Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5, (i) the agreements and obligations of the Parties in this Section 13, and Sections 4(a)(viii) (with respect to accrued and unpaid expenses through the date of termination), 5(f), 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 (and any defined terms used in any such Sections) shall survive such termination and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, however, that any liability of a Party for failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement shall survive such termination.
14. | Headings. |
The headings of the sections, paragraphs and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof or, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Agreement.
25
15. | Successors and Assigns; Severability; Several Obligations. |
This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and representatives; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 15 shall be deemed to permit Transfers of the Prepetition Term Loans, the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes, or claims arising under the Prepetition Term Loans or the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes, other than in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of any such provision to any Person or entity or circumstance, shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or part thereof and the remaining part of such provision hereof and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon any such determination of invalidity, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a reasonably acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible. The agreements, representations and obligations of the Parties are, in all respects, ratable and several and neither joint nor joint and several.
16. | No Third-Party Beneficiaries. |
Unless expressly stated herein, this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of the Parties and no other Person or entity shall be a third-party beneficiary hereof.
17. | Prior Negotiations; Entire Agreement. |
This Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules hereto (including the Plan) constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties, and supersedes all other prior negotiations, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, except that the Parties acknowledge that any confidentiality agreements (if any) (including any confidentiality obligations under the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement) heretofore executed between the Company and each Consenting Creditor shall continue in full force and effect.
18. | Counterparts. |
This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. Execution copies of this Agreement may be delivered by electronic mail, or otherwise, which shall be deemed to be an original for the purposes of this paragraph.
19. | Notices. |
All notices hereunder shall be deemed given if in writing and delivered, if contemporaneously sent by electronic mail, courier or by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) to the following addresses (or such other addresses as shall be specified by like notice):
(1) If to the Company, to:
PetroQuest Energy, Inc.
000 X. Xxxxxxx Xxxxxx Xxxx, Xxxxx 0000
Xxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxx 00000
26
Attention: Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx and J. Xxxx Xxxxxxx
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Xxxxxx Xxxxxx LLP
0000 Xxxx Xxxxxx, 00xx Xxxxx
Xxxxxxx, Xxxxx 00000
Attention: | Xxxx X. Xxxxxxx, Esq. |
(jhiggins@Porter Xxxxxx.xxx) |
E. Xxxxx Xxxxx, Esq. |
(xxxxxx@xxxxxxxxxxxx.xxx) |
Xxxxxx X. Xxxxxxxxx, Esq. |
(jwolfshohl@Porter Xxxxxx.xxx) |
- and - |
M. Xxxxx Xxxxxxx, Esq. |
(sjohnson@Porter Xxxxxx.xxx) |
(2) If to the Consenting Term Loan Lenders or the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders or a transferee thereof, to the addresses set forth below following the Consenting Creditors’ signature (or as directed by any transferee thereof), as the case may be, with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Akin Gump Xxxxxxx Xxxxx & Xxxx LLP
Xxx Xxxxxx Xxxx
Xxx Xxxx, Xxx Xxxx 00000
Attention: | Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxx, Esq. |
(xxxxxxx@xxxxxxxx.xxx) |
Akin Gump Xxxxxxx Xxxxx & Xxxx LLP
0000 Xxxxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000
Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 00000
Attention: | Xxxxx Link Xxxxxxx, Esq. |
(xxxxxxxx@xxxxxxxx.xxx) |
Any notice given by delivery, mail or courier shall be effective when received. Any notice given by electronic mail shall be effective upon oral, machine or electronic mail (as applicable) confirmation of transmission.
20. | No Solicitation; Representation by Counsel; Adequate Information. |
(a) This Agreement is not and shall not be deemed to be a solicitation for votes in favor of the Plan in the Chapter 11 Cases or a solicitation to tender or exchange any Claims or Interests. The acceptances of the Consenting Creditors with respect to the Plan will not be solicited until such Consenting Creditor has received the Disclosure Statement and related ballots and solicitation materials. In addition, this Agreement does not constitute an offer to issue or sell securities to any Person or entity, or the solicitation of an offer to acquire or buy securities, in any jurisdiction where such offer or solicitation would be unlawful.
27
(b) Each Consenting Creditor acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to receive information from the Company and each Party acknowledges that it has been represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal decision that would provide any Party with a defense to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement against such Party based upon lack of legal counsel shall have no application and is expressly waived.
(c) Each Consenting Second Lien Noteholder Creditor acknowledges, agrees and represents to the Company that it (i) is a “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act or a non-US Person outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act, (ii) is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act, (iii) understands that if it is to acquire any securities, as defined in the Securities Act, pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and that such securities are, to the extent not acquired pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act, based in part upon such Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholder’s representations contained in this Agreement and cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available and (iv) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the securities to be acquired by it (if any) pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions and understands and is able to bear any economic risks with such investment.
21. | Independent Analysis. |
Each of the Consenting Creditors and the Company hereby confirms that it has made its own decision to execute this Agreement based upon its own independent assessment of documents and information available to it, as it has deemed appropriate.
22. | Conflicts Between this Agreement and the Plan. |
In the event the terms and conditions as set forth in the Plan and this Agreement are inconsistent, the Plan shall control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 22 shall affect, in any way, the requirements set forth herein for the amendment of this Agreement.
23. | Relationships. |
None of the Consenting Creditors shall have any fiduciary duty or other duties or responsibilities in any kind or form to each other, the Company or any of the Company’s creditors or other stakeholders as a result of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, there are no commitments among or between the Consenting Creditors. In this regard, it is understood and agreed that any Consenting Creditors may trade in or Transfer any Claims or Interests or other debt or equity securities of the Company without the consent of the Company or any other Consenting Creditor, subject to applicable securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. No prior history, pattern or practice of sharing confidences among or between the Consenting Creditors shall in any way affect or negate this understanding and agreement. Further, the Parties agree that, except as set forth in the Plan, this Agreement does not constitute a commitment to, nor shall it obligate any of the Consenting Creditors to, provide any new financing or credit support.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
28
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers, solely in their respective capacity as officers of the undersigned and not in any other capacity, as of the date set forth above.
PETROQUEST ENERGY, INC. | ||
PETROQUEST ENERGY, L.L.C. | ||
TDC ENERGY, LLC | ||
On behalf of itself and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries | ||
By: | /s/ Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx | |
Title: | President, CEO & Chairman |
29
CONSENTING TERM
LOAN LENDERS:
MainStay MacKay High Yield Corporate Bond Fund | ||
By: MacKay Xxxxxxx LLC, as investment subadvisor | ||
By: | /s/ Xxxxxx Xxxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxxxx Xxxxxx | |
Title: | Executive Managing Director | |
MainStay XX XxxXxx High Yield Corporate Bond Portfolio | ||
By: MacKay Xxxxxxx LLC, as investment subadvisor | ||
By: | /s/ Xxxxxx Xxxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxxxx Xxxxxx | |
Title: | Executive Managing Director | |
MainStay MacKay Short Duration High Yield Fund | ||
By: MacKay Xxxxxxx LLC, as investment subadvisor | ||
By: | /s/ Xxxxxx Xxxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxxxx Xxxxxx | |
Title: | Executive Managing Director |
Corre Opportunities Qualified Master Fund, LP |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxxxx |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |
Title: | Authorized Signatory | |
Corre Opportunities II Master Fund, LP |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxxxx |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |
Title: | Authorized Signatory | |
Corre Horizon Interim Fund LLC |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxxxx |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |
Title: | Authorized Signatory |
Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement
CONSENTING SECOND LIEN
NOTEHOLDERS:
CORRE OPPORTUNITIES QUALIFIED MASTER FUND, LP | ||
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |
Name: Xxxx Xxxxxxx | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory | ||
CORRE OPPORTUNITIES II MASTER FUND, LP | ||
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |
Name: Xxxx Xxxxxxx | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory |
HW HEDGED VALUE, LP
By: Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W |
CONSENTING SECOND LIEN
PIK NOTEHOLDERS:
MACKAY XXXXXXX LLC, an investment subadvisor to the funds denoted on Exhibit B |
By: | /s/ Xxxxxx Xxxxxx |
Name: | Xxxxxx Xxxxxx | |
Title: | Exec. MD |
Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement
CORRE OPPORTUNITIES QUALIFIED MASTER FUND, LP | ||||
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |||
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |||
Title: | Authorized Signatory | |||
CORRE OPPORTUNITIES II MASTER FUND, LP | ||||
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |||
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |||
Title: | Authorized Signatory | |||
CORRE HORIZON INTERIM FUND LLC | ||||
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |||
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxxxx | |||
Title: | Authorized Signatory |
Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement
HOTCHKIS AND WILEY HIGH YIELD FUND | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W | |
SAN DIEGO COUNTY EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT ASSOCIATION | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W | |
HOTCHKIS AND WILEY CAPITAL INCOME FUND | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W | |
SANTA XXXXXXX COUNTY EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT SYSTEM | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W |
Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement
NATIONAL ELEVATOR INDUSTRY PENSION FUND | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W | |
TEXAS COUNTY AND DISTRICT RETIREMENT SYSTEM | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W | |
GOVERNMENT OF GUAM RETIREMENT FUND | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W | |
UNIVERSITY OF DAYTON | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W |
Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement
HW HEDGED VALUE, LP | ||
By: | Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (H&W), its investment manager | |
By: | /s/ Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Name: | Xxxx Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer of H&W |
Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement
CROSS SOUND MANAGEMENT LLC, | ||||
As investment advisor for certain funds and accounts | ||||
By: | /s/ Xxxxx Lovely | |||
Name: |
Xxxxx Lovely | |||
Title: |
COO |
Signature Page to Restructuring Support Agreement
Exhibit A
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
HOUSTON DIVISION
In re:
PETROQUEST ENERGY, INC., et al.,
Debtors.1 |
§ § § § § § § |
Chapter 11
Case No. 18-
(Jointly Administered) |
DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
XXXXXX XXXXXX LLP
Xxxx X. Xxxxxxx (TX 09597500) Xxxxxx X. Xxxxxxxxx (TX 24038592) M. Xxxxx Xxxxxxx (TX 24083263) 0000 Xxxx Xxxxxx, 00xx Xxxxx Xxxxxxx, Xxxxx 00000
| ||
PROPOSED ATTORNEYS FOR THE DEBTORS
Dated: November 6, 2018 |
1 | The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, are as follows: PetroQuest Energy, Inc. (0714), PetroQuest Energy, L.L.C. (2439), TDC Energy LLC (8877), PetroQuest Oil & Gas, L.L.C. (1170), PQ Holdings LLC (7576), Pittrans Inc. (1747), and Sea Harvester Energy Development, L.L.C. (5903). The address of the Debtors’ headquarters is: 400 E. Xxxxxxx Xxxxxx Road, Suite 6000, Xxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxx 00000. |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW |
1 | |||||
A. |
Defined Terms | 1 | ||||
B. |
Rules of Interpretation | 17 | ||||
C. |
Computation of Time | 18 | ||||
D. |
Governing Law | 18 | ||||
E. |
Reference to Monetary Figures | 18 | ||||
F. |
Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors | 19 | ||||
G. |
Controlling Document | 19 | ||||
ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, PROFESSIONAL FEE CLAIMS, AND PRIORITY CLAIMS |
19 | |||||
A. |
Administrative Claims | 19 | ||||
B. |
Professional Compensation | 20 | ||||
C. |
Priority Tax Claims | 21 | ||||
D. |
Statutory Fees | 21 | ||||
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS |
21 | |||||
A. |
Summary of Classification | 21 | ||||
B. |
Treatment of Claims and Interests | 22 | ||||
C. |
Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims | 27 | ||||
D. |
Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code | 27 | ||||
E. |
Elimination of Vacant Classes | 27 | ||||
F. |
Voting Classes; Deemed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes | 27 | ||||
G. |
Subordinated Claims | 27 | ||||
ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN |
28 | |||||
A. |
Restructuring Transactions | 28 | ||||
B. |
Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions | 28 | ||||
C. |
Distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims | 30 | ||||
D. |
Corporate Existence | 30 | ||||
E. |
Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors | 31 | ||||
F. |
Cancellation of Existing Securities | 31 | ||||
G. |
Corporate Action | 32 | ||||
H. |
New Organizational Documents | 33 | ||||
I. |
Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors | 34 | ||||
J. |
Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions | 34 | ||||
K. |
Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees | 34 | ||||
L. |
Preservation of Causes of Action | 34 | ||||
M. |
Director and Officer Liability Insurance | 35 | ||||
N. |
Management Incentive Plan | 35 |
O. |
Employee and Retiree Benefits | 36 | ||||
P. |
Fees and Expenses of the Consenting Creditors | 36 | ||||
Q. |
Preservation of the Charging Lien of the Indenture Trustee | 37 | ||||
R. |
Preservation of Royalty and Working Interests | 37 | ||||
S. |
GUC Administrator | 37 | ||||
ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES |
38 | |||||
A. |
Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases | 38 | ||||
B. |
Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases | 39 | ||||
C. |
Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases | 39 | ||||
D. |
Insurance Policies | 40 | ||||
E. |
Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements | 40 | ||||
F. |
Reservation of Rights | 40 | ||||
G. |
Nonoccurrence of Effective Date | 41 | ||||
H. |
Contracts and Leases Entered into After the Petition Date | 41 | ||||
ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS |
41 | |||||
A. |
Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed | 41 | ||||
B. |
Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions | 41 | ||||
C. |
Securities Registration Exemption | 44 | ||||
D. |
Compliance with Tax Requirements | 45 | ||||
E. |
Allocations | 45 | ||||
F. |
No Postpetition Interest on Claims | 45 | ||||
G. |
Setoffs and Recoupment | 45 | ||||
H. |
Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties | 46 | ||||
ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS |
46 | |||||
A. |
Allowance of Claims | 46 | ||||
B. |
Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities | 47 | ||||
C. |
Estimation of Claims | 47 | ||||
D. |
Adjustment to Claims Without Objection | 48 | ||||
E. |
Disputed Claims Reserve | 48 | ||||
F. |
Time to File Objections to Claims | 48 | ||||
G. |
Disallowance of Claims | 49 | ||||
H. |
Amendments to Claims | 49 | ||||
I. |
No Distributions Pending Allowance | 49 | ||||
J. |
Distributions After Allowance | 49 | ||||
K. |
Single Satisfaction of Claims | 50 | ||||
ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS |
50 | |||||
A. |
Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies | 50 | ||||
B. |
Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests | 51 |
ii
C. |
Term of Injunctions or Stays | 51 | ||||
D. |
Release of Liens | 51 | ||||
E. |
Releases by the Debtors | 52 | ||||
F. |
Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests | 53 | ||||
G. |
Exculpation | 54 | ||||
H. |
Injunction | 55 | ||||
I. |
Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment | 55 | ||||
J. |
Recoupment | 56 | ||||
K. |
Subordination Rights | 56 | ||||
L. |
Reimbursement or Contribution | 56 | ||||
ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN |
56 | |||||
A. |
Conditions Precedent to the Confirmation Date | 56 | ||||
B. |
Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date | 57 | ||||
C. |
Waiver of Conditions | 58 | ||||
D. |
Substantial Consummation | 58 | ||||
E. |
Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to the Confirmation Date or the Effective Date | 58 | ||||
ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN |
59 | |||||
A. |
Modification and Amendments | 59 | ||||
B. |
Effect of Confirmation on Modifications | 59 | ||||
C. |
Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan | 59 | ||||
ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION |
60 | |||||
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS |
62 | |||||
A. |
Immediate Binding Effect | 62 | ||||
B. |
Additional Documents | 62 | ||||
C. |
Dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee | 62 | ||||
D. |
Reservation of Rights | 62 | ||||
E. |
Successors and Assigns | 63 | ||||
F. |
Service of Documents | 63 | ||||
G. |
Term of Injunctions or Stays | 64 | ||||
H. |
Entire Agreement | 64 | ||||
I. |
Exhibits | 64 | ||||
J. |
Nonseverability of Plan Provisions | 64 | ||||
K. |
Votes Solicited in Good Faith | 65 | ||||
L. |
Closing of Chapter 11 Cases | 65 | ||||
M. |
Waiver or Estoppel | 65 |
iii
INTRODUCTION
PetroQuest Energy, Inc. and its Debtor affiliates, as Debtors and debtors in possession, propose this plan of reorganization for the resolution of outstanding Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.A hereof. Holders of Claims and Interests should refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, businesses, assets, results of operations, historical financial information, and projections of future operations, as well as a summary and description of the Plan. The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE,
ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,
COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW
A. | Defined Terms |
As used in the Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below.
1. “Administrative Claim” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Debtors’ Estates pursuant to sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), or 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors; (b) Professional Fee Claims; and (c) all Allowed requests for compensation or expense reimbursement for making a substantial contribution in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b)(3), (4), and (5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
2. “Administrative Claims Bar Date” means the deadline for Filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims, which: (a) with respect to Administrative Claims other than Professional Fee Claims, shall be 30 days after the Effective Date; and (b) with respect to Professional Fee Claims, shall be 45 days after the Effective Date.
3. “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.
4. “Allowed” means with respect to any Claim against a Debtor, except as otherwise provided herein: (a) a Claim that is evidenced by a Proof of Claim or request for payment of an Administrative Claim Filed by the Claims Bar Date, Administrative Claims Bar Date, Governmental Bar Date, or deadline for Filing Proofs of Claim based on the Debtors’ rejection of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, as applicable (or for which Claim under the Plan, under the Bankruptcy Code, or pursuant to a Final Order a Proof of Claim is not or shall not be required to be Filed); (b) a Claim that is listed in the Schedules as not contingent, not unliquidated, and not disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim, as applicable, has been timely Filed; or (c) a
Claim Allowed pursuant to the Plan or a Final Order of the Court; provided that with respect to a Claim described in clauses (a) and (b) above, such Claim shall be considered Allowed only if and to the extent that with respect to such Claim no objection to the allowance thereof has been interposed and the applicable period of time fixed by the Plan to File an objection has passed, or such an objection is so interposed and the Claim, as applicable, shall have been Allowed by a Final Order. Any Claim that has been or is hereafter listed in the Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim is or has been timely Filed, is not considered Allowed and shall be expunged without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Court. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Claim of any Entity subject to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Allowed unless and until such Entity pays in full the amount that it owes such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, a Proof of Claim or request for payment of an Administrative Claim Filed after the Claims Bar Date, Administrative Claims Bar Date, Governmental Bar Date, or deadline for Filing Proofs of Claim based on the Debtors’ rejection of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, as applicable, shall not be Allowed for any purposes whatsoever absent entry of a Final Order allowing such late-filed Claim. “Allow” and “Allowing” shall have correlative meanings.
5. “Avoidance Actions” means any and all actual or potential Claims and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by the Debtors arising under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 544, 545, 547 through 553, and 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or under similar or related state or federal statutes and common law, including fraudulent transfer laws.
6. “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, as amended and in effect during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases.
7. “Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and xxxxxxxx rules of the Court other than the Local Rules.
8. “Bar Date Order” means an order entered by the Court setting the Claims Bar Date and the Governmental Bar Date.
9. “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).
10. “Cash” means the legal tender of the United States of America or the equivalent thereof.
11. “Cash Collateral” shall have the meaning set forth in section 363(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
12. “Cash Collateral Order” means the Final Order entered by the Court authorizing the Debtors to, on a final basis, use Cash Collateral.
2
13. “Causes of Action” means any action, claim, cause of action, controversy, demand, right, action, Lien, indemnity, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, damage, judgment, account, defense, offset, power, privilege, license, and franchise of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known, unknown, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law, or in equity or pursuant to any other theory of law. For the avoidance of doubt, a “Cause of Action” includes: (a) any right of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and any claim for breach of contract or for breach of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) the right to object to Claims or Interests; (c) any Claim pursuant to section 362 or chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code; (d) any claim or defense including fraud, mistake, duress, and usury; and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (e) any state or foreign law fraudulent transfer or similar claim.
14. “Chapter 11 Cases” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Court and (b) when used with reference to all of the Debtors, the procedurally consolidated and jointly administered chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Court.
15. “Charging Lien” means any Lien or other right to payment arising prior to the Effective Date pursuant to which the Indenture Trustee is entitled, under the terms of its Indenture or any related or ancillary document, instrument, agreement or principle of law, to receive payment of its fees, costs and expenses prior to payment of any distributions under the Plan owing to the Holders of the Notes issued under such Indenture, which Lien or other priority in payment shall be deemed a separate right and Claim of the Indenture Trustee arising under the Plan.
16. “Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
17. “Claims Bar Date” means the date, established pursuant to the Bar Date Order, that Claims other than Administrative Claims and Claims held by Governmental Units, must be Filed.
18. “Claims Objection Deadline” means the deadline for objecting to a Claim against a Debtor, which shall be on the date that is the later of (a) 180 days after the Effective Date and (b) such other period of limitation as may be fixed by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or by an order of the Court for objecting to such Claims.
19. “Claims Register” means the official register of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors maintained by the Notice and Claims Agent.
20. “Class” means a category of Claims against or Interests in the Debtors as set forth in Article III hereof pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
21. “Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders” means the Consenting Second Lien Noteholders and the Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders.
22. “Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders” means the Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Noteholders.
23. “Commitment Parties” means the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds.
3
24. “Confirmation” means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.
25. “Confirmation Date” means the date upon which the Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.
26. “Confirmation Hearing” means the hearing or hearings held by the Court to consider Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
27. “Confirmation Order” means the order of the Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
28. “Consenting Creditors” means the Consenting Term Loan Lenders and the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders.
29. “Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account” means an interest-bearing account in an amount equal to the Consenting Creditors Fee Reserve Amount and funded by the Debtors on the Effective Date, pursuant to Article IV.P.
30. “Consenting Creditors Fee Reserve Amount” means the total amount of Consenting Creditors Fees reasonably estimated in accordance with Article IV.P.
31. “Consenting Creditors Fees” means, to the extent not already authorized pursuant to the Cash Collateral Order or other order of the Court, and except with respect to the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee, the reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date of the Consenting Creditors Professionals.
32. “Consenting Creditors Professionals” means (i) Akin Gump Xxxxxxx Xxxxx & Xxxx LLP, as counsel to the Consenting Creditors, (ii) Xxxxxxxx Xxxxx, Inc., as financial advisor to the Consenting Creditors, and (iii) Xxxx Xxxxx LLP, as counsel to the Indenture Trustee.
33. “Consenting Second Lien Noteholders” means the Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders that are party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.
34. “Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders” means the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Noteholders that are party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.
35. “Consenting Term Loan Lenders” means the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders that are party to the Restructuring Support Agreement.
36. “Consummation” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.
37. “Corre Funds” means Corre Opportunities Qualified Master Fund, LP, Corre Opportunities II Master Fund, LP, Corre Horizon Interim Fund LLC, any funds related to the foregoing that are signatories to the Restructuring Support Agreement, and any of such funds’ successors or assigns.
4
38. “Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, and, to the extent of the withdrawal of any reference under 28 U.S.C. § 157 and/or the General Order of the District Court pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 151, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas.
39. “Creditors’ Committee” means the official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, if any such committee is appointed.
40. “Cure Claim” means a monetary Claim based upon a Debtor’s defaults under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by the Debtor pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
41. “Cure Notice” means a notice of a proposed amount to be paid on account of a Cure Claim in connection with an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed or assumed and assigned under the Plan pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, which notice shall include (a) procedures for objecting to proposed assumptions or assumptions and assignments of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, (b) Cure Claims to be paid in connection therewith, and (c) procedures for resolution by the Court of any related disputes.
42. “D&O Liability Insurance Policies” means all unexpired directors’, managers’, and officers’ liability insurance policies (including any “tail policy”) of any of the Debtors with respect to directors, managers, officers, and employees of the Debtors.
43. “Debt Documents” means, as the context may require, the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, and the “Note Documents” as defined in each of the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture.
44. “Debtors” means, collectively, the following: PetroQuest, PQE, TDC, PetroQuest Oil & Gas, L.L.C., PQ Holdings LLC, Pittrans Inc., and Sea Harvester Energy Development, L.L.C.
45. “Definitive Documentation” means the definitive documents and agreements governing the Restructuring Transactions and shall include, without limitation: (a) the Restructuring Support Agreement and all exhibits thereto; (b) the Plan (including the Plan Supplement and all exhibits thereto, including, without limitation, the New Organizational Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement) and the Confirmation Order; (c) the Disclosure Statement; (d) the motion to approve the Disclosure Statement, the order approving the Disclosure Statement, and the solicitation materials with respect to the Plan; (e) the motion seeking assumption of the Debtors’ obligation under the Restructuring Support Agreement to pay the fees, costs, and documented out of pocket expenses of the Consenting Creditors Professionals; (f) the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents, (g) the Exit Facility and the Exit Facility Documents; (h) the motion seeking authority for the Debtors to use the cash collateral of the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders and the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders and any interim and final orders related thereto; (i) the first day motions, second day motions, and orders of the Court approving any first day motions or second day motions; (j) a 3-year business plan for the Debtors; and (k) any other documents, instruments, schedules or exhibits described in, related to, contemplated in, or necessary to implement, each of the foregoing. Any document that is included within this definition of “Definitive Documentation,” including any amendment, supplement, or modification thereof, shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors.
5
46. “Disallowed” means, with respect to any Claim, or any portion thereof, that such Claim, or any portion thereof, is not Allowed.
47. “Disbursing Agent” means, on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, their agent, or any Entity or Entities designated by the Reorganized Debtors, including the Indenture Trustee in accordance with Art. VI.B.1.d, to make or facilitate distributions that are to be made pursuant to the Plan, except for distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims.
48. “Disclosure Statement” means the Disclosure Statement for the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, dated as of November 6, 2018, as may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and references therein that relate to the Plan, that is prepared and distributed in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and any other applicable law.
49. “Disputed Claim” means a Claim that is not yet Allowed.
50. “Disputed Claims Reserve” means a reserve of Cash that may be funded on or after the Effective Date pursuant to Article VII.E hereof.
51. “Distribution Record Date” means, other than with respect to the Second Lien Notes Claims, the date for determining which Holders of Allowed Claims are eligible to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan, which shall be the date that the Confirmation Order is entered by the Court, or such other date specified in the Confirmation Order. For the avoidance of doubt, distributions to the Second Lien Notes Claims shall be made pursuant to the surrender of the underlying notes, on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date; provided, however, that no Distribution Record Date shall apply to publicly held securities if distribution of such securities will be effectuated through DTC and shall be made through the facilities of the DTC in accordance with the customary practices of DTC for a mandatory distribution.
52. “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.
53. “Effective Date” means the date that is a Business Day selected by the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors, on which: (a) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect; (b) all conditions precedent specified in Article IX.B have been satisfied or waived (in accordance with Article IX.C); and (c) the Plan is declared effective.
54. “Entity” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.
55. “Estate” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for the Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
56. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
6
57. “Exculpated Party” means the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, each of the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ current and former Affiliates, and each of the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former directors, managers, officers, managed accounts and funds, predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, subcontractors, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, management companies, fund advisors, and other professionals, each solely in their capacity as such.
58. “Executory Contract” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.
59. “Exit Facility” means a new credit facility or credit facilities among the Debtors, [•], the Exit Facility Agent, and [•] on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exit Facility Documents, which terms and conditions shall be consistent with Exhibit B of the Restructuring Support Agreement and otherwise acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors.
60. “Exit Facility Agent” means the administrative agent and collateral agent under the Exit Facility, or any successor thereto, solely in its capacity as such.
61. “Exit Facility Commitment Letter” means the commitment letter entered into by the Commitment Parties in connection with the Exit Facility pursuant to which the Commitment Parties agree to backstop the Exit Facility as described in Article IV.B.3 herein, which terms and conditions shall be acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors.
62. “Exit Facility Documents” means the Exit Facility, the Exit Facility Commitment Letter, and any other guarantee, security, and relevant documentation with respect to the Exit Facility, each in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors.
63. “Federal Judgment Rate” means the federal judgment rate in effect as of the Petition Date, compounded annually.
64. “File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing in the Chapter 11 Cases with the Court or, with respect to the filing of a Proof of Claim or proof of Interest, the Notice and Claims Agent or the Court through the PACER or CM/ECF website.
65. “Final Order” means (i) an order or judgment of the Court, as entered on the docket in any Chapter 11 Case (or any related adversary proceeding or contested matter) or the docket of any other court of competent jurisdiction, or (ii) an order or judgment of any other court having jurisdiction over any appeal from (or petition seeking certiorari or other review of) any order or judgment entered by the Court (or any other court of competent jurisdiction, including in an appeal taken) in the Chapter 11 Cases (or in any related adversary proceeding or contested matter), in each case that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal, or seek certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has expired according to applicable law and no appeal or petition for certiorari or other proceedings for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be timely Filed has been withdrawn or resolved by
7
the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari was sought or the new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have been denied, resulted in no modification of such order, or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice; provided, however, that the possibility a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules or the Local Rules, may be Filed relating to such order shall not prevent such order from being a Final Order.
66. “First Lien Claims” means, collectively, Claims against the Debtors arising under the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement.
67. “General Unsecured Claim” means any Unsecured Claim against any Debtor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Claim arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease) that is not otherwise paid in full or otherwise satisfied during the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to an order of the Court, other than a Priority Tax Claim, an Other Priority Claim, a Section 510(b) Claim, or an Intercompany Claim.
68. “General Unsecured Claims Distribution” means $400,000 in Cash, less the reasonable out of pocket expenses of the GUC Administrator, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of the GUC Administrator’s counsel.
69. “Governmental Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.
70. “Governmental Bar Date” means the date established pursuant to the Bar Date Order by which Proofs of Claim of Governmental Units must be Filed.
71. “GUC Administrator” means the Entity designated by the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors, in consultation with the Creditors’ Committee, and identified at or prior to the Confirmation Hearing, to, among other things, (a) object to General Unsecured Claims, (b) administer the General Unsecured Claims allowance process, and (c) authorize distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims from the General Unsecured Claims Distribution, in each case, as set forth in the Plan and the GUC Administrator Agreement.
72. “GUC Administrator Agreement” means the agreement governing the GUC Administrator’s duties and responsibilities to be Filed as part of the Plan Supplement.
73. “Holder” means any Person or Entity holding a Claim or an Interest.
74. “Impaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is not Unimpaired.
75. “Indenture Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association as the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee.
76. “Indentures” means the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture.
77. “Insider” has the meaning set forth in section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code.
8
78. “Intercompany Claim” means any Claim held by one Debtor against another Debtor.
79. “Intercompany Interest” means an Interest in one Debtor held by another Debtor.
80. “Interests” means the common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, and any other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Debtor, including, without limitation, the PetroQuest Preferred Stock and the PetroQuest Common Stock, and options, warrants, rights, or other securities or agreements to acquire the common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, or other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Debtor (whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement), including any Claim against the Debtors that is subject to subordination pursuant to section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code arising from or related to any of the foregoing.
81. “Interim Compensation Order” means the order entered by the Court establishing procedures for compensation of Professionals.
82. “Judicial Code” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001.
83. “Lien” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.
84. “Local Rules” means the Local Rules of Bankruptcy Practice and Procedure of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas.
85. “MacKay Funds” means any funds or accounts to which MacKay Xxxxxxx LLC has sole investment or voting discretion that are or become signatories to the Restructuring Support Agreement and any of the foregoing funds’ or accounts’ successors or assigns.
86. “Management Equity Pool” means the New Equity (on a fully diluted basis as of the Effective Date) reserved under the Management Incentive Plan after the New Equity is issued pursuant to the Put Option Premium and to Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims, 9% of which will be allocated by the New Parent Board to the management of the Reorganized Debtors no later than the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set forth in the MIP Term Sheet, and 200,000 shares of which will be granted following the Effective Date to such persons, at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as are determined by the New Parent Board. For the avoidance of doubt, the total New Equity reserved under the Management Incentive Plan will be calculated after the New Equity is issued pursuant to the Put Option Premium and will dilute both the New Equity issued pursuant to the Put Option Premium and the New Equity issued to Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims.
87. “Management Incentive Plan” means that certain post-Effective Date management incentive plan, pursuant to which the Management Equity Pool shall be reserved and allocated as part of the compensation provided to the Reorganized Debtors’ management on the terms and conditions set forth in the MIP Term Sheet.
88. “MIP Term Sheet” means the term sheet attached as Exhibit D to the Restructuring Support Agreement detailing the terms of the Management Incentive Plan.
9
89. “New Boards” means the initial board of directors, members, or managers, as applicable, of each Reorganized Debtor, including the New Parent Board, as designated in accordance with Article IV.I.
90. “New Equity” means the common stock, par value $[0.01] per share, of New Parent to be issued pursuant to the Plan on the Effective Date.
91. “New Organizational Documents” means the form of the certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, limited liability company agreement, or such other applicable formation, constitutional, or organizational documents of each of the Reorganized Debtors, which forms shall be included in the Plan Supplement and shall be consistent in all respects with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Governance Term Sheet attached as Exhibit F to the Restructuring Support Agreement.
92. “New Parent” means PetroQuest or any successor thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on or after the Effective Date.
93. “New Parent Board” means the initial board of directors of New Parent, as determined pursuant to Article IV.I.
94. “New Second Lien PIK Indenture” means that certain Indenture dated as of the Effective Date (as amended or supplemented from time to time) among PetroQuest, as borrower, PQE and TDC as guarantors, and the New Second Lien PIK Trustee.
95. “New Second Lien PIK Notes” means the 10% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2023 issued pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Indenture, which New Second Lien PIK Notes shall be consistent with Exhibit C of the Restructuring Support Agreement and otherwise acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors.
96. “New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents” means the New Second Lien PIK Indenture and any other guarantee, security, and relevant documentation with respect to the New Second Lien PIK Notes, each in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Creditors.
97. “New Second Lien PIK Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association as the Trustee and Collateral Trustee under the New Second Lien PIK Indenture.
98. “Notes” means the Prepetition Second Lien Notes and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes.
99. “Notice and Claims Agent” means Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC, the notice, claims, and solicitation agent retained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.
100. “Other Priority Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor other than an Administrative Claim or a Secured Tax Claim entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent such claim has not already been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases.
10
101. “Other Secured Claim” means any Secured Claim other than the following: (a) First Lien Claims; (b) Second Lien Notes Claims; or (c) Secured Tax Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, “Other Secured Claims” includes any Claim against a Debtor, arising under, derived from, or based upon any letter of credit issued for the account of one or more Debtors, the reimbursement obligation for which is either secured by a Lien or is subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.
102. “Person” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.
103. “Petition Date” means November 6, 2018, the date on which each Debtor Filed its voluntary petition for relief commencing the Chapter 11 Cases.
104. “PetroQuest” means PetroQuest Energy, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
105. “PetroQuest Common Stock” means PetroQuest’s authorized and issued common stock, par value $.001 per share, outstanding as of the Petition Date.
106. “PetroQuest Interests” means, collectively, any Interests in PetroQuest, including the PetroQuest Common Stock and PetroQuest Preferred Stock.
107. “PetroQuest Preferred Stock” means PetroQuest’s authorized and issued shares of 6.875% Series B Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock outstanding as of the Petition Date.
108. “Plan” means this chapter 11 plan, as it may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement and the terms hereof, including the Plan Supplement and all exhibits, supplements, appendices, and schedules to the Plan.
109. “Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Creditors (as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and the Restructuring Support Agreement), to be Filed by the Debtors no later than seven (7) days before the Voting Deadline, and additional documents or amendments to previously Filed documents, Filed before the Confirmation Date as amendments to the Plan Supplement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall also be in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Creditors), including the following, as applicable: (a) the New Organizational Documents; (b) the terms of the Exit Facility and the Exit Facility Documents; (c) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (d) the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (e) a list of retained Causes of Action; (f) the Management Incentive Plan; (g) the identity of the members of the New Boards and the senior management team to be retained by the Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date (to the extent known); (h) the Registration Rights Agreement; and (i) any and all other documentation necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions or that is contemplated by the Plan. The Debtors shall have the right to amend the documents contained in, and exhibits to, the Plan Supplement through the Effective Date subject in all respects to the consent rights set forth herein and in the Restructuring Support Agreement.
11
110. “PQE” means PetroQuest Energy, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company.
111. “Prepetition Agreements” means (i) the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, (ii) the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture, and (iii) the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture.
112. “Prepetition Second Lien Indenture” means that certain Indenture dated as of February 17, 2016 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, including by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 13, 2016), among PetroQuest, as borrower, PQE and TDC as guarantors, and the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee.
113. “Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders” means the Holders of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes.
114. “Prepetition Second Lien Notes” means the 10% Second Lien Secured Senior Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture.
115. “Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims” means Claims against the Debtors arising under the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture and the Prepetition Second Lien Notes.
116. “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture” means that certain Indenture dated as of September 27, 2016 (as amended or supplemented from time to time), among PetroQuest, as borrower, PQE and TDC as guarantors, and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee.
117. “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Noteholders” means the Holders of the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes.
118. “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes” means the 10% Second Lien Senior Secured PIK Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture.
119. “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims” means Claims against the Debtors arising under the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes.
120. “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the Trustee and Collateral Trustee under the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture.
121. “Prepetition Second Lien Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the Trustee and Collateral Trustee under the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture.
122. “Prepetition Term Loan Agent” means Xxxxx Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent under the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement.
123. “Prepetition Term Loan Agreement” means that certain Multidraw Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2018 (as amended from time to time), among PetroQuest, PQE, TDC, the Prepetition Term Loan Agent, and the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders.
12
124. “Prepetition Term Loan Lenders” means the lenders under the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement.
125. “Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit against a Debtor of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
126. “Pro Rata” means, unless indicated otherwise, the proportion that an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in that respective Class, or the proportion that Allowed Claims in a particular Class bear to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in a particular Class and other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claim under the Plan.
127. “Professional” means an Entity employed pursuant to a Court order in accordance with sections 327 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered before or on the Effective Date pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code.
128. “Professional Fee Claims” means all Administrative Claims for the compensation of Professionals and the reimbursement of expenses incurred by such Professionals through and including the Effective Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to the Interim Compensation Order or any other order of the Court. To the extent the Court denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s requested fees and expenses, then the amount by which such fees or expenses are reduced or denied shall reduce the applicable Allowed Professional Fee Claim.
129. “Professional Fee Escrow Account” means an interest-bearing account in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount and funded by the Debtors on the Effective Date, pursuant to Article II.B.2.
130. “Professional Fee Reserve Amount” means the total amount of Professional Fee Claims estimated in accordance with Article II.B.3.
131. “Proof of Claim” means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.
132. “Put Option Premium” means the premium payable to the Commitment Parties in consideration of their commitments under the Exit Facility Commitment Letter in the form of New Equity equal to 3% of the principal amount of the Exit Facility, which New Equity shall be valued in accordance with the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Put Option Premium will not dilute the Management Equity Pool granted pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan.
133. “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement by and among New Parent and the Consenting Creditors signatory thereto, dated as of the Effective Date, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors.
134. “Reinstated” or “Reinstatement” means, with respect to Claims and Interests, the treatment provided for in section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
13
135. “Released Party” means each of the following solely in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the Consenting Creditors; (d) the Indenture Trustee; (e) the Creditors’ Committee and its past and current members in their capacities as such; and (f) with respect to each of the foregoing parties under (a) through (e), such Entity and its current and former direct and indirect Affiliates, and such Entity’s current and former direct and indirect Affiliates’ current and former directors, managers, officers, managed accounts and funds, predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equityholders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, subcontractors, advisors, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, management companies, fund advisors, and other professionals, each solely in their capacity as such.
136. “Releasing Party” means each of the following solely in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the Consenting Creditors; (d) the Indenture Trustee; (e) the Creditors’ Committee and its past and current members in their capacities as such; (f) all Holders of Claims and Interests that are deemed to accept the Plan; (g) all Holders of Claims who vote to accept the Plan; (h) all Holders of Claims who abstain from voting on the Plan and who do not opt out of the releases provided by the Plan; (i) all Holders of Claims who vote to reject the Plan and who do not opt out of the releases provided by the Plan; and (j) with respect to each of the foregoing parties under (a) through (i), such Entity and its current and former direct and indirect Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former directors, managers, officers, managed accounts and funds, predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, subcontractors, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, management companies, fund advisors, and other professionals, each solely in their capacity as such. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Releasing Party” does not include Holders of Claims or Interests who are not entitled to vote on the Plan.
137. “Reorganized Debtors” means the Debtors, or any successors thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise (including New Parent), in each case in accordance with the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions, on or after the Effective Date.
138. “Requisite Creditors” means each of (i) the Requisite Term Loan Lenders, (ii) the Requisite Second Lien Noteholders, and (iii) the Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders.
139. “Requisite Second Lien Noteholders” means, as of the date of determination, the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds; provided, however, that to the extent either the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds Transfer some or all of their Prepetition Second Lien Notes after the Support Effective Date and such Transfer results in the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds holding or Beneficially Owning Prepetition Second Lien Notes that together equal less than 50% of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes held by the Consenting Second Lien Noteholders, “Requisite Second Lien Noteholders” shall mean Consenting Second Lien Noteholders holding or Beneficially Owning at least a majority of the outstanding Prepetition Second Lien Notes held by the Consenting Second Lien Noteholders as of such date; provided, further, that in all cases, “Requisite Second Lien Noteholders” shall include the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds (not including any successors or assigns that have purchased Prepetition Second Lien Notes after the Support Effective Date), as applicable, to the extent that such party has not Transferred its Prepetition Second Lien Notes after the Support Effective Date as described in the foregoing provision.
14
140. “Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders” means, as of the date of determination, the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds; provided, however, that to the extent either the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds Transfer some or all of their Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes after the Support Effective Date and such Transfer results in the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds holding or Beneficially Owning Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes that together equal less than 50% of the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes held by the Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders, “Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders” shall mean Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders holding or Beneficially Owning at least a majority of the outstanding Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes held by the Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders as of such date; provided, further, that in all cases, “Requisite Second Lien PIK Noteholders” shall include the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds (not including any successors or assigns that have purchased Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes after the Support Effective Date), as applicable, to the extent that such party has not Transferred its Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes after the Support Effective Date as described in the foregoing provision.
141. “Requisite Term Loan Lenders” means, as of the date of determination, the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds; provided, however, that to the extent either the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds Transfer some or all of their Prepetition Term Loans after the Support Effective Date and such Transfer results in the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds holding Prepetition Term Loans in amounts that together equal less than 50% of the Prepetition Term Loans held by the Consenting Term Loan Lenders, “Requisite Term Loan Lenders” shall mean Consenting Term Loan Lenders holding at least a majority of the outstanding Prepetition Term Loans held by the Consenting Term Loan Lenders as of such date; provided, further, that in all cases, “Requisite Term Loan Lenders” shall include the MacKay Funds or the Corre Funds (not including any successors or assigns that have purchased Prepetition Term Loans after the Support Effective Date), as applicable, to the extent that such party has not Transferred its Prepetition Term Loans after the Support Effective Date as described in the foregoing provision.
142. “Restructuring Support Agreement” means that certain Restructuring Support Agreement, dated November 6, 2018, by and among the Debtors and the Consenting Creditors, as amended, modified, or supplemented, from time to time.
143. “Restructuring Transactions” means all actions that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the transactions described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate, the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Plan.
144. “Royalty and Working Interests” means the working interests granting the right to exploit oil and gas, and certain other royalty or mineral interests including but not limited to, landowner’s royalty interests, overriding royalty interests, net profit interests, non-participating royalty interests, production payments, and all rights to payment or production arising from such interests.
15
145. “Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the Debtors and assigned to the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, as set forth in the Plan Supplement, as may be amended from time to time prior to the Effective Date.
146. “Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, as set forth in the Plan Supplement, as may be amended from time to time prior to the Effective Date.
147. “Schedules” means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities, schedules of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, and statements of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and in substantial accordance with the Official Bankruptcy Forms B 206A-H, as the same may have been amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
148. “Second Lien Deficiency Claims” means any deficiency Claims held by the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders.
149. “Second Lien Notes Claims” means collectively, the Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims.
150. “Section 510(b) Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor arising from (a) rescission of a purchase or sale of a security of any Debtor or an Affiliate of any Debtor, (b) purchase or sale of such a security, or (c) reimbursement or contribution allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a Claim.
151. “Secured” means when referring to a Claim, a Claim: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which the applicable Estate has an interest, which Lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a Court order, or that is subject to setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in such Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) otherwise Allowed pursuant to the Plan as a Secured Claim.
152. “Secured Tax Claim” means any Secured Claim against any Debtor that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of time limitations), including any related Secured Claim for penalties.
153. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a–77aa, as amended.
154. “Security” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(49) of the Bankruptcy Code.
155. “Settled Issues” shall have the meaning set forth in Article VIII.A.
16
156. “Support Effective Date” means the earliest date on which counterpart signature pages to the Restructuring Support Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by (i) the Debtors, (ii) Consenting Term Loan Lenders holding at least 662⁄3%, in aggregate principal amount outstanding as of such date, of the Prepetition Term Loans, (iii) Consenting Second Lien Noteholders holding at least 662⁄3%, in aggregate principal amount outstanding as of such date, of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes, and (iv) Consenting Second Lien PIK Noteholders holding at least 662⁄3%, in aggregate principal amount outstanding as of such date, of the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes.
157. “TDC” means TDC Energy, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company.
158. “Transfer” has the meaning given to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.
159. “U.S. Trustee” means the Office of the United States Trustee for the Southern District of Texas.
160. “U.S. Trustee Fees” means fees arising under 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a)(6) and, to the extent applicable, accrued interest thereon arising under 31 U.S.C. § 3717.
161. “Unclaimed Distribution” means any distribution under the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim whose Holder has not: (a) accepted such distribution or, in the case of distributions made by check, negotiated such check; (b) given notice to the Reorganized Debtors of an intent to accept such distribution; (c) responded to the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ requests for information necessary to facilitate such distribution; or (d) taken any other action necessary to facilitate such distribution.
162. “Unexpired Lease” means a lease of nonresidential real property to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.
163. “Unimpaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class consisting of Claims or Interests that are “unimpaired” within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, including through payment in full in Cash or Reinstatement.
164. “Unsecured” means not Secured.
165. “Voting Deadline” means December [•], 2018, the deadline for submitting votes to accept or reject the Plan as set by the Court.
B. | Rules of Interpretation |
For purposes herein: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) except as otherwise provided, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those
17
terms and conditions; (3) except as otherwise provided, any reference herein to an existing document or exhibit having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement; (4) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles of the Plan or hereto; (5) unless otherwise stated, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (6) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation hereof; (7) the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;” (8) the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (9) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (10) any docket number references in the Plan shall refer to the docket number of any document Filed with the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases; (11) references to “shareholders,” “directors,” and/or “officers” shall also include “members” and/or “managers,” as applicable, as such terms are defined under the applicable state limited liability company laws; and (12) except as otherwise provided, any reference to the Effective Date shall mean the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
C. | Computation of Time |
Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day.
D. | Governing Law |
Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws, shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control); provided that corporate or limited liability company governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be governed by the laws of the state of incorporation or formation (as applicable) of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor.
E. | Reference to Monetary Figures |
All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided herein.
18
F. | Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.
G. | Controlling Document |
In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Disclosure Statement or any other order (other than the Confirmation Order) referenced in the Plan (or any exhibits, schedules, appendices, supplements or amendments to any of the foregoing, other than the Plan Supplement), the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the relevant document in the Plan Supplement shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or in the Confirmation Order). In the event of an inconsistency between the Confirmation Order and the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall control.
ARTICLE II.
ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, PROFESSIONAL
FEE CLAIMS, AND PRIORITY CLAIMS
In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III hereof.
A. | Administrative Claims |
Except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims, and except to the extent that an Administrative Claim has already been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases or a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the applicable Debtor(s) agree to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim shall be paid in full in Cash on the latest of: (a) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date if such Administrative Claim is Allowed as of the Effective Date; (b) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the date such Administrative Claim is Allowed, if not Allowed as of the Effective Date; and (c) the date such Allowed Administrative Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable; provided that Allowed Administrative Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ businesses shall be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to such transactions.
Except as otherwise provided in this Article II.A and except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims, requests for payment of Administrative Claims arising between the Petition Date and the Effective Date must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such dates shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or their property and such Administrative Claims
19
shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests, if any, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting party no later than 60 days after the Effective Date or such other date fixed by the Court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an Administrative Claim need be Filed with respect to an Administrative Claim previously Allowed.
For the avoidance of doubt, Claims for fees and expenses of advisors to the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee shall constitute Professional Fee Claims.
B. | Professional Compensation |
1. | Final Fee Applications |
All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims, including the Professional Fee Claims incurred during the period from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. All such final requests will be subject to approval by the Court after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior orders of the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases, including the Interim Compensation Order, and once approved by the Court, will be promptly paid from the Professional Fee Escrow Account in the full Allowed amount of each such Professional Fee Claim. If the Professional Fee Escrow Account is insufficient to fund the full Allowed amounts of Professional Fee Claims, remaining unpaid Allowed Professional Fee Claims will be promptly paid by the Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Court.
2. | Professional Fee Escrow Account |
On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall not be subject to any Lien and shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of the Professionals. The funds in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall not be considered property of the Estates or of the Reorganized Debtors. When all Allowed amounts owing to Professionals have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be turned over to the Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Court.
3. | Professional Fee Reserve Amount |
Professionals shall reasonably estimate their unpaid Professional Fee Claims before and as of the Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five (5) Business Days before the Effective Date, provided, however, that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of the Professional’s final request for payment of Professional Fee Claims. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.
20
4. | Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, from and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice or application to or action, order, or approval of the Court, pay in Cash the reasonable, actual, and documented legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan and Consummation incurred on or after the Effective Date by the Professionals. Upon the Effective Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any Professional for fees and expenses incurred after the Effective Date in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
C. | Priority Tax Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code. In the event an Allowed Priority Tax Claim is also a Secured Tax Claim, such Claim shall, to the extent it is Allowed, be treated as an Other Secured Claim if such Claim is not otherwise paid in full.
D. | Statutory Fees |
All fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a) shall be paid by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed or closed, whichever occurs first. The Reorganized Debtors shall continue to File quarterly-post confirmation operating reports in accordance with the U.S. Trustee’s Region 7 Guidelines for Debtors-in-Possession.
ARTICLE III.
CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS
A. | Summary of Classification |
Claims and Interests, except for Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, Cure Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, are classified in the Classes set forth in this Article III. A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date. The Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan of reorganization for each Debtor and the classifications set forth in Classes 1 through 11 shall be deemed to apply to each Debtor. For all purposes under the Plan, each Class will contain sub-Classes for each of the Debtors (i.e., there will be 11 Classes for each Debtor); provided that any Class that is vacant as to a particular Debtor will be treated in accordance with Article III.E below.
21
1. | Class Identification |
The classification of Claims and Interests against each Debtor (as applicable) pursuant to the Plan is as follows:
Class |
Claim or Interest |
Status |
Entitled to Vote | |||
1 | Other Priority Claims | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | |||
2 | Other Secured Claims | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | |||
3 | Secured Tax Claims | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | |||
4 | First Lien Claims | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | |||
5 6 |
Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims
Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims |
Impaired
Impaired |
Yes
Yes | |||
7 | General Unsecured Claims | Impaired | Yes | |||
8 | Section 510(b) Claims | Impaired | No (Deemed to Reject) | |||
9 | Intercompany Claims | Unimpaired/Impaired | No (Deemed to Either Accept or Reject) | |||
10 | Intercompany Interests | Unimpaired/Impaired | No (Deemed to Either Accept or Reject) | |||
11 | PetroQuest Interests | Impaired | No (Deemed to Reject) |
B. | Treatment of Claims and Interests |
1. | Class 1 – Other Priority Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 1 consists of Other Priority Claims. |
b. | Treatment: In full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Other Priority Claim, each Holder thereof shall receive (i) payment in full, in Cash, of the unpaid portion of its Allowed Other Priority Claim or (ii) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. |
c. | Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Other Priority Claim will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Other Priority Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
2. | Class 2 – Other Secured Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 2 consists of Other Secured Claims. |
22
b. | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Other Secured Claim, each such Holder shall receive, at the Debtors’ election, either (i) Cash equal to the full Allowed amount of its Claim, (ii) Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim, (iii) the return or abandonment of the collateral securing such Allowed Other Secured Claim to such Holder, or (iv) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. |
c. | Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Other Secured Claim will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Other Secured Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
3. | Class 3 – Secured Tax Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 3 consists of Secured Tax Claims. |
b. | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Secured Tax Claim, each such Holder shall receive, at the Debtors’ election, either (i) Cash equal to the full Allowed amount of its Claim, (ii) Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Tax Claim, (iii) the return or abandonment of the collateral securing such Allowed Secured Tax Claim to such Holder, or (iv) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. |
c. | Voting: Class 3 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a Secured Claim Tax will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Secured Tax Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
4. | Class 4 – First Lien Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 4 consists of the First Lien Claims. |
b. | Allowance: The First Lien Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and expenses. |
c. | Treatment: On or before the Effective Date, each Holder of a First Lien Claim will receive Cash equal to the amount of its Allowed Claim from funds available pursuant to the Exit Facility. |
23
d. | Voting: Class 4 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a First Lien Claim will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of First Lien Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
5. | Class 5 – Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 5 consists of all Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims. |
b. | Allowance: The Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of $9,427,000 plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date. |
c. | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim, each such Holder shall receive (i) its Pro Rata share of 100% of the New Equity under the Plan, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and (ii) its Pro Rata share of $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes; such Pro Rata share of the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes calculated by including the $275,045,768 (plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date) of Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims as Claims that will share Pro Rata in 100% of New Equity, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes. |
d. | Voting: Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim will be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
6. | Class 6 – Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 6 consists of all Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims. |
b. | Allowance: The Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of $275,045,768 plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date. |
c. | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claim, each such Holder shall receive (i) its Pro Rata share of 100% of the New Equity under the Plan, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity |
24
issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and (ii) its Pro Rata share of $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes; such Pro Rata share of the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes calculated by including the $9,427,000 (plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date) of Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims as Claims that will share Pro Rata in 100% of New Equity, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes. |
d. | Voting: Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim will be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
7. | Class 7 – General Unsecured Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 7 consists of all General Unsecured Claims. |
b. | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed General Unsecured Claim and of and in exchange for each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each such Holder shall receive its Pro Rata share of the General Unsecured Claims Distribution on the Effective Date; provided, however, that to the extent that Class 7 votes to accept the Plan, the Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims shall not receive any distribution on account of their Allowed Second Lien Deficiency Claims. |
c. | Voting: Class 7 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a General Unsecured Claim will be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
8. | Class 8 – Section 510(b) Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 8 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims. |
b. | Treatment: Section 510(b) Claims, if any, shall be discharged, canceled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date, and shall be of no further force or effect, and Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall not receive any distribution on account of such Section 510(b) Claims. |
c. | Voting: Class 8 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a Section 510(b) Claim will be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
25
9. | Class 9 – Intercompany Claims |
a. | Classification: Class 9 consists of all Intercompany Claims. |
b. | Treatment: Intercompany Claims shall be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Reorganized Debtors’ option, shall be cancelled. No distribution shall be made on account of any Intercompany Claims other than in the ordinary course of business of the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, Intercompany Claims that are Reinstated as of the Effective Date, if any, shall be subordinate in all respects to the Exit Facility and the New Second Lien PIK Notes. |
c. | Voting: Intercompany Claims are either Unimpaired, in which case the Holders of such Intercompany Claims will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired and not receiving any distribution under the Plan, in which case the Holders of such Intercompany Claims will be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Intercompany Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
10. | Class 10 – Intercompany Interests |
a. | Classification: Class 10 consists of all Intercompany Interests. |
b. | Treatment: Intercompany Interests shall be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Reorganized Debtors’ option, shall be cancelled. No distribution shall be made on account of any Intercompany Interests. |
No distributions on account of Intercompany Interests are being made to the Holders of such Intercompany Interests. Instead, to the extent Intercompany Interests are Reinstated under the Plan, such Reinstatement is solely for the purposes of administrative convenience, for the ultimate benefit of the Holders of the New Equity, and in exchange for the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ agreement under the Plan to make certain distributions to the Holders of Allowed Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Reinstated pursuant to the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall continue to be owned by the Reorganized Debtor that corresponds to the Debtor that owned such Intercompany Interests prior to the Effective Date.
c. | Voting: Intercompany Interests are either Unimpaired, in which case the Holders of such Intercompany Interests will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired, in which case the Holders of such Intercompany Interests will be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Intercompany Interests will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
26
11. | Class 11 – PetroQuest Interests |
a. | Classification: Class 11 consists of all PetroQuest Interests. |
b. | Treatment: On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, all PetroQuest Interests will be extinguished and the Holders of PetroQuest Interests shall not receive or retain any distribution, property, or other value on account of their PetroQuest Interests. |
c. | Voting: Class 11 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a PetroQuest Interest will be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of PetroQuest Interests will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
C. | Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims |
Nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to or setoffs or recoupment against any such Unimpaired Claims.
D. | Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code |
The Debtors reserve the right to seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests, and the Filing of the Plan shall constitute a motion for such relief.
E. | Elimination of Vacant Classes |
Any Class of Claims that does not contain an Allowed Claim or a Claim temporarily Allowed by the Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
F. | Voting Classes; Deemed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes |
If a Class contains Claims eligible to vote and no Holder of Claims eligible to vote in such Class votes to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be deemed accepted by such Class.
G. | Subordinated Claims |
Except as may be the result of the settlement described in Article VIII.A of the Plan, the allowance, classification, and treatment of all Claims and Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.
27
ARTICLE IV.
MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
A. | Restructuring Transactions |
On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, shall undertake the Restructuring Transactions, including: (1) the execution and delivery of any appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan, and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable Entities agree; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; (4) all transactions necessary to provide for the purchase of some or substantially all of the assets of or Interests in any of the Debtors, which transactions shall be structured in the most tax efficient manner, including in whole or in part as a taxable transaction for United States federal income tax purposes, as determined by the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors; (5) the execution and delivery of the Exit Facility Documents; (6) the execution and delivery of Definitive Documentation not otherwise included in the foregoing, if any; and (7) all other actions that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Requisite Creditors determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.
B. | Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions |
The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan as follows:
1. | Issuance and Distribution of New Equity |
The New Equity, including options, or other equity awards, if any, reserved under the Management Incentive Plan, shall be authorized on the Effective Date without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or Holders of Claims or Interests.
All of the shares of New Equity issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance of the New Equity under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.
28
2. | New Second Lien PIK Notes |
On the Effective Date, New Parent will issue the New Second Lien PIK Notes in accordance with the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents. The Confirmation Order shall constitute approval of the New Second Lien PIK Notes (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, including the payment of all fees and expenses provided for therein), and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and perform under the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents and such other documents as may be required or appropriate.
The New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The financial accommodations pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Notes are being issued, and shall be deemed to have been issued, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent transfers, obligations, or conveyances, or other voidable transfers or obligations under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable non-bankruptcy law. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents (a) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents, (b) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents, and (c) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent transfers, obligations, or conveyances, or other voidable transfers or obligations under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons and Entities granted such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
3. | Exit Facility |
On the Effective Date, the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders shall provide the Exit Facility in accordance with the terms of the Exit Facility Documents, which terms and conditions shall be acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors. The Reorganized Debtors shall use the proceeds of the Exit Facility to pay the outstanding amount of the First Lien Claims and for any other purpose permitted by the Exit Facility Documents. The Exit Facility shall include the following material terms:
29
a. | The Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders will be offered the opportunity to become a lender under the Exit Facility on a Pro Rata basis, based on each Holder’s respective holdings of Second Lien Notes Claims, through a syndication process. |
b. | The Commitment Parties will enter into the Exit Facility Commitment Letter pursuant to which the Commitment Parties shall agree to backstop any portion of the principal amount of the Exit Facility for which the other Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders have not exercised their ability to become a lender under the Exit Facility in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable syndication procedures. |
c. | In consideration for their commitments under the Exit Facility Commitment Letter, the Commitment Parties shall receive the Put Option Premium. |
d. | Terms of the Exit Facility to include: |
i. | Borrower: New Parent |
ii. | Guarantors: Each subsidiary of New Parent |
iii. | Principal Amount: $50 million |
iv. | Term: 5 years |
v. | Interest Rate: LIBOR + 750 bps (subject to a 1.00% floor) |
vi. | Security: Secured by a first lien security interest in the equity of each subsidiary of New Parent on the same collateral that secures the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement |
C. | Distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims |
The GUC Administrator shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims to be funded from Cash from the General Unsecured Claims Distribution in accordance with the GUC Administrator Agreement.
D. | Corporate Existence |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, each Debtor shall continue to exist on and after the Effective Date as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, pursuant to the New Organizational Documents and the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other analogous formation, constituent, or governance documents)
30
in effect before the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other analogous formation, constituent, or governance documents) is amended by the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent any such document is amended, such document is deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and requires no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state or federal law).
E. | Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate, including all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors shall vest in each applicable Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property, and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.
To the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to the Plan, or any agent for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim, as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date, such Holder (or the agent for such Holder) shall take any and all steps requested by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any administrative agent or indenture trustee under the Exit Facility Documents or the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents that are necessary to cancel and/or extinguish such Liens and/or security interests.
After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may present Court order(s) or assignment(s) suitable for filing in the records of every county or governmental agency where the property vested in accordance with the foregoing paragraph is or was located, which provide that such property is conveyed to and vested in the Reorganized Debtors. The Court order(s) or assignment(s) may designate all Liens, Claims, encumbrances, or other interests which appear of record and/or from which the property is being transferred, assigned and/or vested free and clear of. The Plan shall be conclusively deemed to be adequate notice that such Lien, Claim, encumbrance, or other interest is being extinguished and no notice, other than by this Plan, shall be given prior to the presentation of such Court order(s) or assignment(s). Any Person having a Lien, Claim, encumbrance, or other interest against any of the property vested in accordance with the foregoing paragraph shall be conclusively deemed to have consented to the transfer, assignment, and vesting of such property to or in the Reorganized Debtors free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances by failing to object to confirmation of this Plan, except as otherwise provided in this Plan.
F. | Cancellation of Existing Securities |
Except for the purpose of evidencing a right to distribution under the Plan and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date: (i) the obligations of the Debtors under the Prepetition Agreements, and each certificate, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, or other instrument or document, directly or indirectly, evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of, or ownership interest in, the Debtors or giving rise to any Claim or
31
Interest shall be cancelled or extinguished and the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any continuing obligations thereunder; and (ii) the obligations of the Debtors pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the shares, certificates, notes, bonds, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors shall be released and discharged.
On and after the Effective Date, all duties and responsibilities of the Prepetition Term Loan Agent under the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement and the Indenture Trustee under the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture shall be fully discharged unless otherwise specifically set forth in or provided for under the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Indentures shall continue in effect solely for the purposes of, as applicable, (a) allowing Holders of Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims to receive distributions under the Plan and (b) allowing and preserving the rights of the Indenture Trustees to (i) make distributions in satisfaction of Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims, (ii) maintain and exercise their respective Charging Liens under the terms of the Indentures or any related or ancillary document, instrument, agreement, or principle of law against Holders of Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims, as applicable, and distributions thereto, (iii) seek compensation and reimbursement for any reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred in making such distributions, (iv) maintain and enforce any right to indemnification, expense reimbursement, contribution, or subrogation or any other claim or entitlement that the Indenture Trustees may have under the applicable Indentures, (v) exercise their rights and obligations relating to the interests of their Holders pursuant to the applicable Indentures, and (vi) appear in these Chapter 11 Cases. For the avoidance of doubt, all indemnification obligations and expense reimbursement obligations of the Debtors arising under the Indentures in favor of the Indenture Trustees, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, controlling persons, and legal and financial advisors shall survive, remain in full force and effect, and be enforceable against the Debtors or their Estates on and after the Effective Date and shall be enforceable through the exercise of the applicable Charging Lien against the Holders of Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims, as applicable, and distributions thereto.
If the record Holder of any Prepetition Second Lien Notes, Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes, or PetroQuest Interests is DTC or its nominee or another securities depository or custodian thereof, and such Note or Interest is represented by a global security held by or on behalf of DTC or such other securities depository or custodian, then each beneficial owner of such Note or Interest shall be deemed to have surrendered its Note or Interest upon surrender of such global security by DTC or such other securities depository or custodian thereof.
G. | Corporate Action |
Upon the Effective Date, all actions (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date) contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved by the Court in all respects without any further corporate or equityholder action, including, as applicable: (1) issuance of the New Second Lien PIK Notes; (2) execution and delivery of the New Second Lien PIK Notes
32
Documents; (3) the adoption and/or filing of the New Organizational Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement; (4) the authorization, issuance, and distribution of the New Equity; (5) appointment of the directors and officers for New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors; (6) the Management Incentive Plan on the terms and conditions set forth in the MIP Term Sheet; (7) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; and (8) all other actions contemplated by the Plan. Upon the Effective Date, all matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors, New Parent, or the other Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan (including any items listed in the first sentence of this paragraph) shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors, New Parent or the other Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) before the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors, New Parent, or the other Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized and directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated by the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors, including the Exit Facility Documents, the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents, the New Organizational Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing, to the extent not previously authorized by the Court. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.G shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law or contract, including for any vote of shareholders or equityholders.
H. | New Organizational Documents |
To the extent required under the Plan or applicable non-bankruptcy law, New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors will, on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, file their respective New Organizational Documents with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in their respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of the respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation. Pursuant to and only to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the New Organizational Documents of the Reorganized Debtors will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities and will comply with all other applicable provisions of section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code regarding the distribution of power among, and dividends to be paid to, different classes of voting securities. From and after the Effective Date, New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may amend and restate their respective New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents, as permitted by the laws of their respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation and their respective New Organizational Documents.
On the Effective Date, the New Organizational Documents, substantially in the forms set forth in the Plan Supplement, shall be deemed to be valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with their terms and provisions.
33
I. | Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors |
As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the board of directors, members or managers of each of the Debtors shall expire automatically, and the New Boards and the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be appointed in accordance with this Plan, the New Organizational Documents, and other constituent documents of each Reorganized Debtor. The initial New Parent Board shall consist of five (5) members, consisting of Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx as the President and Chief Executive Officer of New Parent and four (4) additional Persons selected by the Requisite Creditors.
Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors will, to the extent known, disclose in advance of the Confirmation Hearing the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the initial New Boards, as well as those Persons that will serve as an officer of New Parent or any of the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent any such director, member, manager or officer is an Insider, the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director, member, manager or officer will also be disclosed. Each such director, member, manager and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of New Parent and each of the other Reorganized Debtors.
J. | Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions |
On and after the Effective Date, New Parent and each of the other Reorganized Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors’ officers, and the members of the New Boards are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan, including the New Equity and the New Second Lien PIK Notes, in the name of and on behalf of New Parent or the other Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.
K. | Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees |
Pursuant to, and to the fullest extent permitted by, section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any issuance, transfer, or exchange of a Security (including, without limitation, of the New Equity and the New Second Lien PIK Notes) or transfer of property, in each case, pursuant to, in contemplation of, or in connection with, the Plan shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, stamp act, real estate transfer tax, sale or use tax, mortgage recording tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any instruments of transfer or other relevant documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment.
L. | Preservation of Causes of Action |
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject in all respects to Article VIII hereof, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and such rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding
34
the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. A schedule of the Causes of Action known by the Debtors to be retained by the Reorganized Debtors will be included as part of the Plan Supplement. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Causes of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against it. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Court order, including, without limitation, pursuant to Article VIII hereof, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all Causes of Action for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation. For the avoidance of doubt, in no instance will any Cause of Action preserved pursuant to this Article IV.L include any claim or Cause of Action with respect to, or against, a Released Party.
In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, except as otherwise provided herein, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor. The applicable Reorganized Debtors, through their authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
M. | Director and Officer Liability Insurance |
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, effective as of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all D&O Liability Insurance Policies pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ assumption of such D&O Liability Insurance Policies to the extent they are Executory Contracts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim need be Filed, and shall survive the Effective Date.
N. | Management Incentive Plan |
The Management Incentive Plan will be a comprehensive equity-based award plan as part of the go-forward compensation for the Reorganized Debtors’ management in accordance with the MIP Term Sheet. The Confirmation Order shall authorize and require the New Parent Board to adopt and enter into the Management Incentive Plan, on the terms and conditions set forth in the MIP Term Sheet.
35
O. | Employee and Retiree Benefits |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, all written employment, severance, retirement, and other similar employee-related agreements or arrangements in place as of the Effective Date with the Debtors, including any key employee incentive plans and/or key employee retention plans that may be approved by the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases and any items approved as part of the Confirmation Order, retirement income plans and welfare benefit plans, or discretionary bonus plans or variable incentive plans regarding payment of a percentage of annual salary based on performance goals and financial targets for certain employees, shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place after the Effective Date, as may be amended by agreement between the beneficiaries of such agreements, plans, or arrangements, on the one hand, and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, on the other hand, or, after the Effective Date, by agreement with the Reorganized Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any equity-based compensation, agreement, or arrangement existing as of the Petition Date. Nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, claims, Causes of Action, or other rights with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans.
P. | Fees and Expenses of the Consenting Creditors |
1. | Payment of Fees and Expenses of the Consenting Creditors |
On the Effective Date, to the extent not otherwise paid pursuant to an order of this Court, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Consenting Creditors Fee Reserve Amount. The Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of the applicable Consenting Creditors Professionals. The funds in the Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account shall not be considered property of the Estates or of the Reorganized Debtors and shall not be subject to any Liens.
After the Effective Date, the Consenting Creditors Fees will be subject to a review by the Reorganized Debtors for a period of seven (7) Business Days following submission of each invoice (including reasonable documentation of such fees and expenses), which may be redacted to preserve privilege and/or confidentiality. To the extent the Reorganized Debtors deliver to the applicable Consenting Creditor a written notice of objection within the seven (7) Business Day review period, and the applicable Consenting Creditor and the Reorganized Debtors are unable to resolve such objection on a consensual basis within seven (7) Business Days after such objection has been submitted, the Reorganized Debtors may File with the Court a motion or other pleading setting forth the specific objections to the disputed invoice, and the Court shall adjudicate the matter. The Reorganized Debtors will promptly pay any undisputed Consenting Creditors Fees on the later of the Effective Date or one (1) Business Day following the expiration of the seven (7) Business Day review period. When all such amounts owing to Consenting Creditors have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be turned over to the Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Court.
36
2. | Consenting Creditors Fee Reserve Amount |
Consenting Creditors Professionals shall reasonably estimate their unpaid Consenting Creditors Fees before and as of the Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five (5) Business Days before the Effective Date. If any of the Consenting Creditors Professionals does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Consenting Creditors Professional.
Q. | Preservation of the Charging Lien of the Indenture Trustee |
Each Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to assert its Charging Lien arising under and in accordance with the applicable Indenture and any ancillary document, instrument, or agreement to obtain payment of its respective fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of its professionals. Reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Indenture Trustee after the Effective Date in its capacity as Disbursing Agent and for matters related to distributions to the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors and any dispute between the Reorganized Debtors and the Indenture Trustee regarding the reasonableness of such fees and expenses may be submitted to the Court for resolution.
R. | Preservation of Royalty and Working Interests |
Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, on and after the Effective Date all Royalty and Working Interests shall be fully preserved and remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the relevant granting instruments or other governing documents applicable to such Royalty and Working Interests, which granting instruments and governing documents shall remain in full force and effect, and no Royalty and Working Interests or any liabilities and obligations arising therefrom, including payment obligations, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, shall be compromised or discharged by the Plan.
S. | GUC Administrator |
The GUC Administrator shall have the power to administer the General Unsecured Claims Distribution and make or authorize distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the GUC Administrator shall: (a) hold and administer the Cash that comprises the General Unsecured Claims Distribution; (b) have authority to pay from the General Unsecured Claims Distribution all out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the discharge of its duties under the Plan; (c) have the power and authority to retain such attorneys, advisors, other professionals and employees as may be appropriate to perform the duties required of the GUC Administrator in the Plan and in the GUC Administrator Agreement; (d) make distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims as provided in the Plan and in the GUC Administrator Agreement; and (e) provide periodic reports and updates to the Reorganized Debtors regarding the status of the administration of the General Unsecured Claims as may be reasonably required. The Reorganized Debtors shall cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner and in good faith with the GUC Administrator to assure that the GUC Administrator has reasonable access to the Reorganized Debtors’ books and records in possession of the Reorganized Debtors in connection with its duty to object to and resolve General Unsecured Claims.
37
Prior to the Effective Date, an amount of Cash from the General Unsecured Claims Distribution determined by the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee in consultation with the Requisite Creditors sufficient to perform the functions of the GUC Administrator in connection with its responsibilities, including fees for its counsel, shall be placed into a segregated account. Any excess amount remaining in the account in connection with the closing of the Chapter 11 Cases will be treated as distributable Cash to Holders of General Unsecured Claims.
ARTICLE V.
TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES
A. | Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases |
On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases will be deemed assumed and assigned to the Reorganized Debtors or their designated assignee in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is set forth on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, other than: (1) those that are identified on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (2) those that have been previously rejected by a Final Order; (3) those that are the subject of a motion to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Effective Date; or (4) those that are subject to a motion to reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such rejection is after the Effective Date.
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s order approving the assumptions, assumptions and assignments, or rejections, as applicable, of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan or in the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases and the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Unless otherwise indicated, assumptions, assumptions and assignments, or rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to the Plan are effective as of the Effective Date. Each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan but not assigned to a third party before the Effective Date shall re-vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may have been modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Court. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Court on or after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases at any time prior to the Effective Date on no less than three (3) days’ notice to the applicable non-Debtor counterparties.
38
B. | Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases |
Counterparties to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases shall be promptly served with a notice of rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, if any, must be Filed with the Court within the earliest to occur of (1) thirty (30) days after the date of entry of an order of the Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such rejection or (2) thirty (30) days after notice of any rejection that occurs after the Effective Date. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that are not Filed within such time will be automatically Disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or any Proof of Claim to the contrary. Claims arising from the rejection of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III.B.7 of the Plan.
C. | Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases |
At least fourteen (14) days before the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall distribute, or cause to be distributed, Cure Notices of proposed assumption or assumption and assignment and proposed amounts of Cure Claims to the applicable counterparties and the Requisite Creditors. Any objection by a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the proposed assumption or assumption and assignment or related Cure Claim must be Filed, served and actually received by the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors at least seven (7) days before the Confirmation Hearing. In the event that any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is removed from the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases after such time as the Cure Notices referred to above have been distributed, a separate Cure Notice of proposed assumption or assumption and assignment and the proposed amount of the Cure Claim with respect to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be sent promptly to the counterparty thereof and a hearing will be set to consider whether such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease can be assumed or assumed and assigned.
Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption or assumption and assignment or the proposed Cure Claim will be deemed to have assented to such assumption or assumption and assignment and the Cure Claim. Payment in Cash, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, to such counterparty of the amount set forth on the applicable Cure Notice shall, as a matter of law, satisfy any and all monetary defaults under the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. In the event of a dispute regarding (1) the amount of any payments to cure such a default, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee, to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption or assumption and assignment, such dispute shall be resolved by a Final Order of the Court.
39
In any case, if the Court determines that the Allowed Cure Claim with respect to any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is greater than the amount set forth in the applicable Cure Notice, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, will have the right to add such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, in which case such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed rejected as of the Effective Date. After such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is added to the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, the applicable counterparty shall be served with a notice of rejection of its Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.
Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time before the date that the Debtors assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any Proofs of Claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
D. | Insurance Policies |
Without limiting Article IV.M, all of the Debtors’ insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto.
E. | Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements |
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed or assumed and assigned shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.
Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases, shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.
F. | Reservation of Rights |
Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, or, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, in each case with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, shall have thirty (30) days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter the treatment of such contract or lease.
40
G. | Nonoccurrence of Effective Date |
In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.
H. | Contracts and Leases Entered into After the Petition Date |
Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor will be performed by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor liable thereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases that have not been rejected as of the date of Confirmation will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.
ARTICLE VI.
PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS
A. | Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed |
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim becomes Allowed or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), each Holder of an Allowed Claim (or such Holder’s affiliate), including any portion of a Claim that is an Allowed Claim notwithstanding that other portions of such Claim are a Disputed Claim, shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in each applicable Class. In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date. If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.
B. | Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions |
1. | Delivery of Distributions |
a. | Distribution Record Date |
As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, (i) the various transfer registers for each of the Classes of Claims and Interests maintained by the Debtors, or their respective agents, and (ii) the transfer books and records of the respective Notes as maintained by the Indenture Trustee, its respective agents, or DTC, shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record Holders of any of the Claims and Interests. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, the GUC Administrator, and the Indenture Trustee,
41
as applicable, shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of the Claims or Interests occurring on or after the Distribution Record Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution Record Date shall not apply to any distributions made through DTC and shall be made through the facilities of the DTC in accordance with the customary practices of DTC for a mandatory distribution.
b. | Delivery of Distributions in General |
Except as otherwise provided herein, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be made to the Holders of record as of the Distribution Record Date by the Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent for all Claims other than General Unsecured Claims, and by the GUC Administrator for General Unsecured Claims, as follows: (1) to the signatory at the address set forth on the last Proof of Claim Filed by such Holder or other representative identified therein (or at the last known addresses of such Holder if the Debtors have been notified in writing of a change of address); (2) at the address set forth in any written notice of address changes delivered to the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date; (3) at the address reflected in the Schedules if no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Reorganized Debtors have not received a written notice of a change of address; or (4) to any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf. Subject to this Article VI, distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims shall not be subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or like legal process, so that each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have and receive the benefit of the distributions in the manner set forth in the Plan. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Indenture Trustee shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any distributions under the Plan except for gross negligence or willful misconduct.
c. | Delivery of Distributions to Prepetition Term Loan Lenders |
Any and all distributions to Holders of First Lien Claims as of the Distribution Record Date shall be governed by the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement. The Prepetition Term Loan Agent shall cooperate with the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (including the Disbursing Agent) to enable the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (through the Disbursing Agent) to make such distributions, including providing, within three (3) Business Days following the Distribution Record Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (including the Disbursing Agent) with a list of all Holders of First Lien Claims as of the Distribution Record Date, including the address at which each such Holder is authorized to receive its distribution under the Plan and the amount of First Lien Claims held by each such Holder.
d. | Delivery of Distributions to Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders |
Any and all distributions to the Holders of the Second Lien Notes Claims as of the Distribution Record Date shall be governed by the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture, as applicable. Each Indenture Trustee shall cooperate with the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors to enable the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (through the Indenture Trustee) to make such distributions, including providing, within three (3) Business Days following the Distribution Record Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors with a list of all Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims as of the Distribution Record Date and the amount of the Second Lien Notes Claims held by each such Holder. Distributions to the Holders of the Second Lien Notes Claims shall be deemed to have been made when reflected in the Reorganized Debtors’ stock register according to the information provided by the Indenture Trustee.
42
All distributions on account of Allowed Second Lien Notes Claims (a) shall be governed by the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture, as applicable, and (b) will be made to (or in coordination with) the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee, respectively, which will serve as the Reorganized Debtors’ Disbursing Agent for purposes of making distributions under the Plan to Holders of the Second Lien Notes Claims. The Prepetition Second Lien Trustee and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee may transfer or direct the transfer of such distributions directly through the facilities of DTC (with the accompanying surrender of the Second Lien Notes Claims) and will be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with DTC, on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, consistent with the customary practices of DTC. To the extent that any distributions are not eligible for distribution through DTC, the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee, respectively, or the applicable paying agent, as applicable, shall have no duties or responsibilities relating to any form of distribution that is not DTC eligible; provided that all such distributions shall be subject in all respects to the right of the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee to assert its applicable Charging Liens arising under and in accordance with the applicable Indenture and any ancillary document, instrument, or agreement, against such distributions with respect to any unpaid fees and expenses (including professionals’ fees) or other amounts payable to the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee, or any applicable paying agent, as applicable, under the applicable Indenture and any related or ancillary document, instrument, agreement or principle of law as applicable. All distributions made to Holders of Allowed Second Lien Notes Claims are expected to be eligible to be distributed through the facilities of DTC.
2. | Minimum Distributions |
No fractional shares of New Equity or fractions of New Second Lien PIK Notes shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional shares of New Equity or fractions of New Second Lien PIK Notes. When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim would otherwise result in a fractional share of New Equity or a fraction of New Second Lien PIK Notes, the actual issuance shall reflect a rounding as follows: (a) fractions of one-half or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number, and (b) fractions of less than one-half shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefor. The total number of authorized shares of New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes to be distributed pursuant to the Plan shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.
Holders of Allowed Claims entitled to distributions of $50.00 or less shall not receive distributions, and each Claim to which this limitation applies shall be discharged pursuant to Article VIII and its Holder shall be forever barred pursuant to Article VIII from asserting that Claim against the Reorganized Debtors or their property.
43
3. | Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property |
In the event that any distribution to any Holder is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such Holder shall be made unless and until the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (including the Disbursing Agent), as applicable, or the GUC Administrator solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims, shall have determined the then-current address of such Holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest; provided that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one year from the Effective Date. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall be property of the Reorganized Debtors or distributed to Holders of General Unsecured Claims if part of the General Unsecured Claims Distribution without need for a further order by the Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial, or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any Holder to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.
C. | Securities Registration Exemption |
Notwithstanding any provision of the Registration Rights Agreement, all shares of New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes issued under the Plan will be issued to the fullest extent permitted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code without registration under the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws. These Securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act or other federal securities laws pursuant to the exemption provided by section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions if the Holder is an “underwriter” with respect to such Securities, as such term is defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, Securities that are exempt pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code generally may be resold without registration under state securities laws pursuant to various exemptions provided by the respective laws of the several states. The New Equity underlying the Management Incentive Plan will be issued pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act and other applicable law. On the Effective Date, PetroQuest shall have deregistered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and New Parent will be subject to the reporting requirements under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Should the Reorganized Debtors elect, on or after the Effective Date, to reflect all or any portion of the ownership of the New Equity or New Second Lien PIK Notes to be held through the facilities of DTC, none of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, nor any other Person shall be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan and Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of the New Equity or New Second Lien PIK Notes under applicable securities laws, and the Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be legal and binding obligations of the Reorganized Debtors in all respects.
The DTC shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the New Equity or New Second Lien PIK Notes are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depositary services.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depositary services.
44
D. | Compliance with Tax Requirements |
In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.
E. | Allocations |
Each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have the option to apply such Holder’s Pro Rata share of consideration distributed under the Plan (cash or value) to satisfy outstanding principal of or accrued interest on such Holder’s Allowed Claim, as such allocation is determined by such Holder in its sole discretion.
F. | No Postpetition Interest on Claims |
Unless otherwise specifically provided for in an order of the Court, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy law, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims or Interests and no Holder of a Claim or Interest shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any such Claim.
G. | Setoffs and Recoupment |
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, set off against, or recoup from, any Claim against a Debtor of any nature whatsoever that the applicable Debtor may have against the claimant, but neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim against a Debtor hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the applicable Debtor of any such Claim it may have against the Holder of such Allowed Claim.
45
H. | Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties |
1. | Claims Paid by Third Parties |
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with respect to Claims other than General Unsecured Claims, and the GUC Administrator with respect to General Unsecured Claims, shall reduce in full an Allowed Claim, and such Claim shall be Disallowed without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and thereafter receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor, a Reorganized Debtor, or the GUC Administrator on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within fourteen (14) days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the Reorganized Debtors or the GUC Administrator, as applicable, to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the Petition Date. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the Reorganized Debtors or the GUC Administrator, as applicable, annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the fourteen (14) day grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.
2. | Claims Payable by Insurers |
Holders of Claims that are covered by the Debtors’ insurance policies shall seek payment of such Claims from applicable insurance policies, provided that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the GUC Administrator, as applicable, shall have no obligation to pay any amounts in respect of prepetition deductibles or self-insured retention amounts. No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without an objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
3. | Applicability of Insurance Policies |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.
ARTICLE VII.
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,
UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS
A. | Allowance of Claims |
On or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and the GUC Administrator (solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims) shall have any and all rights and defenses the Debtors had with respect to any Claim immediately prior to the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under the Plan or the Bankruptcy Code, or the Court has entered a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order), in the Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.
46
B. | Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities |
1. | Reorganized Debtors |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, by order of the Court, shall have the sole authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to Claims (other than General Unsecured Claims); (2) to settle or compromise any Disputed Claim (other than General Unsecured Claims) without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register (except with respect to General Unsecured Claims) to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Court.
2. | GUC Administrator |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the GUC Administrator, by order of the Court, shall have the sole authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to General Unsecured Claims; (2) to settle or compromise any Disputed Claim that is a General Unsecured Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register (solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims) to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Court.
C. | Estimation of Claims |
Before or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or the GUC Administrator (solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims), may (but are not required to) at any time request that the Court estimate any Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Claim, and the Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any such Claim, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or during any appeal relating to such objection. In the event that the Court estimates any Disputed Claim, that estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of distributions), and the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the GUC Administrator, as applicable, may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim. Notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to seek such reconsideration on or before twenty-one (21) days after the date on which such Claim is estimated. All of the aforementioned Claims and objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Court.
47
D. | Adjustment to Claims Without Objection |
Any Claim that has been paid or satisfied, or any Claim that has been amended or superseded, may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
E. | Disputed Claims Reserve |
On or prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or the GUC Administrator (solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims), shall be authorized, in consultation with the Requisite Creditors and the Creditors’ Committee, to establish one or more Disputed Claims Reserves, which Disputed Claims Reserve(s) shall be administered by the Reorganized Debtors or the GUC Administrator, as applicable.
1. | Reorganized Debtors |
The Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent may, in their sole discretion, hold Cash in a Disputed Claims Reserve in trust for the benefit of the Holders of Claims (other than General Unsecured Claims) ultimately determined to be Allowed after the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors shall distribute such amounts (net of any expenses, including any taxes relating thereto), as provided herein, as such Disputed Claims are resolved by a Final Order or agreed to by settlement, and such amounts will be distributable on account of such Disputed Claims as such amounts would have been distributable had such Disputed Claims been Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date.
2. | GUC Administrator |
The GUC Administrator may, in its sole discretion, hold Cash in a Disputed Claims Reserve from the General Unsecured Claims Distribution in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of General Unsecured Claims ultimately determined to be Allowed after the Effective Date. The GUC Administrator shall distribute such amounts (net of any expenses, including any taxes relating thereto), as provided herein, as such Disputed Claims are resolved by a Final Order or agreed to by settlement, and such amounts will be distributable on account of such Disputed Claims as such amounts would have been distributable had such Disputed Claims been Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date.
F. | Time to File Objections to Claims |
Subject to Article VII.B. above, any objections to Claims, which, prior to the Effective Date, may be Filed by any party, shall be Filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline.
48
G. | Disallowance of Claims |
Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the GUC Administrator, as applicable.
Except as provided herein (including with respect to any counterparties to rejected Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases who are required to File Proofs of Claim after the rejection of their contracts or leases), any and all Proofs of Claim or requests for payment of Administrative Claims, as applicable, Filed after the applicable Claims Bar Date, Administrative Claims Bar Date, Governmental Bar Date, and applicable deadline for Filing Proofs of Claim based on the Debtors’ rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, as applicable, shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims, unless on or before the Confirmation Hearing such late Filed Claim has been deemed timely Filed by a Final Order.
H. | Amendments to Claims |
After the Claims Bar Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, a Claim may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Court and any such new or amended Claim Filed shall be deemed Disallowed in full and expunged without any further action, order, or approval of the Court.
I. | No Distributions Pending Allowance |
No payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made to the extent that any Claim is a Disputed Claim, including if an objection to a Claim or portion thereof is Filed as set forth in Article VII, unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim; provided that any portion of a Claim that is an Allowed Claim shall receive the payment or distribution provided under the Plan thereon notwithstanding that any other portion of such Claim is a Disputed Claim.
J. | Distributions After Allowance |
To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. As soon as reasonably practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Court allowing any Disputed Claim becomes a Final Order, the distribution (if any) to which such Holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date, without any interest, dividends, or accruals shall be paid to the Holder of such Allowed Claim on account of such Allowed Claim unless required under applicable bankruptcy law or as otherwise provided in herein.
49
K. | Single Satisfaction of Claims |
Holders of Allowed Claims may assert such Claims against each Debtor obligated with respect to such Claim, and such Claims shall be entitled to share in the recovery provided for the applicable Class of Claims against each obligated Debtor based upon the full Allowed amount of the Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no case shall the aggregate value of all property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim exceed 100% of such Allowed Claim plus applicable interest. For the avoidance of doubt, this shall not affect the obligation of each and every Debtor to pay U.S. Trustee Fees until such time as such Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case is closed, dismissed, or converted.
ARTICLE VIII.
SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS
A. | Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies |
As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided pursuant to the Plan, which distributions and other benefits shall be irrevocable and not subject to challenge upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan, and the distributions and other benefits provided hereunder, shall constitute a good-faith compromise and settlement of all issues in respect of the Chapter 11 Cases (collectively, the “Settled Issues”), including, without limitation:
1. the valuation of the Reorganized Debtors’ enterprise, including the value of any unencumbered assets;
2. any dispute regarding the application of the equities of the case exception under section 552(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or surcharge under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code in respect of the First Lien Claims and the Second Lien Notes Claims;
3. the amount of the First Lien Claims and the Second Lien Notes Claims and such Holders’ Allowed Claims, and the validity and enforceability of the Liens securing such Claims;
4. the amount of adequate protection claims held by the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders and the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders under the Cash Collateral Order;
5. any challenges to Cash transfers;
6. any challenges to transfers made by the Debtors to any related Entities;
7. the releases, exculpations, and injunctions provided in the Plan; and
8. any claims for payment of administrative expenses as a substantial contribution under section 503 of the Bankruptcy Code.
The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the good-faith compromise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s approval of the compromise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Court that all such compromises and settlements are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, and reasonable. In accordance with the provisions of the Plan, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may compromise and settle Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors and their Estates and Causes of Action against other Entities.
50
B. | Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests |
Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and the Plan Supplement, or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, liens on, obligations of, rights against, and interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in section 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (c) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. Any default or “event of default” by the Debtors or Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately before or on account of the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured (and no longer continuing) as of the Effective Date. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.
C. | Term of Injunctions or Stays |
Unless otherwise provided herein or in a Final Order, all injunctions or stays arising under or entered during the Chapter 11 Cases under section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the later of the Effective Date and the date set forth in the order providing for such injunction or stay.
D. | Release of Liens |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents (including in connection with any express written amendment of any mortgage, deed of trust, Lien, pledge, or other security interest under the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents), or in any other contract, instrument, agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions or other treatment made pursuant to the Plan, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their
51
successors and assigns, in each case, without any further approval or order of the Court and without any action or Filing being required to be made by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. In addition, at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ sole expense, the Prepetition Term Loan Agent and the Indenture Trustee shall execute and deliver all documents reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors, or the administrative agent or indenture trustee for the Exit Facility or New Second Lien PIK Notes to evidence the release of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, and other security interests and shall authorize the Reorganized Debtors to file UCC-3 termination statements and other release documentation (to the extent applicable) with respect thereto.
E. | Releases by the Debtors |
Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, their Estates, and the Reorganized Debtors from any and all Claims, Causes of Action, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, losses, or liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, their Estates, or the Reorganized Debtors would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors (including the management, ownership or operation thereof), the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the Debtors’ intercompany transactions (including dividends paid), transactions pursuant and/or related to the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture, the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture, the Notes, the Cash Collateral Order (and any payments or transfers in connection therewith), any Avoidance Actions, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in this Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Released Party, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or Filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the restructuring of any Claim or Interest before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, document, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion regarding any such transaction, contract, instrument, document, release, or other agreement or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the related agreements, instruments, and other documents (including the Definitive Documentation), the Chapter 11 Cases, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the solicitation of votes with respect to this Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities or other property pursuant to the Plan, the Definitive Documentation, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date related or relating to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (i) the
52
releases set forth herein do not release any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, including under any of the Restructuring Transactions, and (ii) nothing in this provision shall, nor shall it be deemed to, release any Released Party from any Claims or Causes of Action that are found, pursuant to a Final Order, to be the result of such Released Party’s gross negligence, actual fraud, or willful misconduct.
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases by the Debtors set forth in this Article VIII.E, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and, further, shall constitute the Court’s finding that such releases are: (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (2) a good faith settlement and compromise of the claims released by such releases; (3) in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates; (4) fair, equitable and reasonable; (5) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; (6) an essential component of the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions; and (7) a bar to any of the Debtors or their Estates asserting any claim or cause of action released pursuant to such releases.
F. | Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests |
As of the Effective Date, to the fullest extent of the law, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Released Party from any and all Claims, Causes of Action, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, losses, or liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, their Estates, or the Reorganized Debtors would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors (including the management, ownership or operation thereof), the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the Debtors’ intercompany transactions (including dividends paid), transactions pursuant and/or related to the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture, the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture, the Notes, the Cash Collateral Order (and any payments or transfers in connection therewith), any Avoidance Actions, the purchase, sale, or rescission of the purchase or sale of any Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in this Plan, the business or contractual arrangements between any Debtor and any Releasing Party, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or Filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the restructuring of any Claim or Interest before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, document, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion regarding any such transaction, contract, instrument, document, release, or other agreement or the reliance by any Releasing Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the related agreements, instruments, and other documents (including the Definitive Documentation), the Chapter 11 Cases, the filing of the Chapter 11
53
Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the solicitation of votes with respect to this Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities or other property pursuant to the Plan, the Definitive Documentation, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date related or relating to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (i) the releases set forth herein do not release any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, including under any of the Restructuring Transactions, and (ii) nothing in this provision shall, nor shall it be deemed to, release any Released Party from any Claims or Causes of Action that are found, pursuant to a Final Order, to be the result of such Released Party’s gross negligence, actual fraud, or willful misconduct.
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the releases by Holders of Claims and Interests set forth in this Article VIII.F, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and, further, shall constitute the Court’s finding that such releases are: (1) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (2) a good faith settlement and compromise of the claims released by such releases; (3) in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates; (4) fair, equitable and reasonable; (5) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; (6) an essential component of the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions; and (7) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any claim or cause of action released pursuant to such releases.
G. | Exculpation |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur liability for, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any Claim, Cause of Action, obligation, suit, judgment, damage, demand, loss, or liability for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, Filing, or termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement and related prepetition transactions, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the related agreements, instruments, and other documents (including the Definitive Documentation), the solicitation of votes with respect to this Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document (including providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Exculpated Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Debtors’ in or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the related agreements, instruments, and other documents (including the Definitive Documentation), the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, the related agreements, instruments, and other documents (including the Definitive Documentation), or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such
54
Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties (to the extent applicable) have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of, and distribution of, consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.
H. | Injunction |
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released pursuant to Article VIII.E or Article VIII.F of the Plan, discharged pursuant to Article VIII.B of the Plan, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to Article VIII.G of the Plan, are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Released Parties, or the Exculpated Parties: (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien or encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; and (e) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the injunction does not enjoin any party under the Plan or under any document, instrument, or agreement (including those attached to the Disclosure Statement or set forth in the Plan Supplement, to the extent finalized) executed to implement the Plan from bringing an action to enforce the terms of the Plan or such document, instrument, or agreement (including those attached to the Disclosure Statement or set forth in the Plan Supplement, to the extent finalized) executed to implement the Plan.
I. | Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment |
Consistent with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental Units, shall not discriminate against the Reorganized Debtors or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, or discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtors, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because each Debtor has been a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtors are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.
55
J. | Recoupment |
In no event shall any Holder of an Allowed Claim be entitled to recoup against any Claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless such Holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment.
K. | Subordination Rights |
Any distributions under the Plan shall be received and retained free from any obligations to hold or transfer the same to any other Holder and shall not be subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or other legal process by any Holder by reason of claimed contractual subordination rights. Any such subordination rights shall be waived, and the Confirmation Order shall constitute an injunction enjoining any Entity from enforcing or attempting to enforce any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination rights to property distributed under the Plan, in each case other than as provided in the Plan.
L. | Reimbursement or Contribution |
If the Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of disallowance, such Claim shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent; or (2) the relevant Holder of a Claim has Filed a non-contingent Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim as no longer contingent.
ARTICLE IX.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION
AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN
A. | Conditions Precedent to the Confirmation Date |
It shall be a condition to Confirmation of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.C hereof):
1. The Court shall have approved in all material respects the compromise and settlement of all the Settled Issues, which approval shall be expressly included in the Confirmation Order;
2. The Restructuring Support Agreement shall not have been breached in any material respect and shall remain in full force and effect;
56
3. The Plan, including any exhibits, schedules, amendments, modifications, or supplements thereto, shall have been Filed subject to the terms hereof;
4. The Plan Supplement, including any exhibits, schedules, amendments, modifications, or supplements thereto, shall have been Filed subject to the terms hereof; and
5. The Confirmation Order shall have been entered by the Court.
B. | Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date |
It shall be a condition to Consummation of the Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.C hereof):
1. Entry of the Confirmation Order in a form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Creditors, and such order shall have become a Final Order that has not been stayed, modified, or vacated on appeal;
2. All of the Consenting Creditors Fees shall have been paid or escrowed, as applicable, by the Debtors in accordance with the terms hereof;
3. All fees ordered to be paid pursuant to the Cash Collateral Order, including the Consenting Creditors’ reasonable and documented professional fees, shall have been paid or will be paid prior to or contemporaneously with the Effective Date in accordance with the terms hereof and the Cash Collateral Order;
4. The Plan, including any exhibits, schedules, amendments, modifications, or supplements thereto, and inclusive of any amendments, modifications, or supplements made after the Confirmation Date but prior to the Effective Date, shall be in form and substance acceptable in all respects to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors;
5. The Plan Supplement, including any exhibits, schedules, amendments, modifications, or supplements thereto, and inclusive of any amendments, modifications, or supplements made after the Confirmation Date but prior to the Effective Date, shall be in form and substance acceptable in all respects to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors;
6. The Second Lien PIK Documents shall have been executed and delivered by all of the Entities that are parties thereto, and all conditions precedent (other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date) to the consummation of the New Second Lien PIK Notes shall have been waived or satisfied in accordance with the terms thereof, and the issuance of the New Second Lien PIK Notes shall be deemed to occur concurrently with the occurrence of the Effective Date;
7. The Exit Facility Documents shall have been executed and delivered by all of the Entities that are parties thereto, and all conditions precedent (other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date) to the consummation of the Exit Facility shall have been waived or satisfied in accordance with the terms thereof, and the closing of the Exit Facility shall be deemed to occur concurrently with the occurrence of the Effective Date;
57
8. All other Definitive Documentation shall be acceptable in all respects to the Requisite Creditors and executed in accordance with the terms hereof;
9. All conditions precedent to the issuance of the New Equity, other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date, shall have occurred;
10. The New Organizational Documents shall be in form and substance acceptable in all respects to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors and shall have been duly filed with the applicable authorities in the relevant jurisdictions;
11. All governmental and third-party approvals and consents, including Court approval, necessary in connection with the transactions provided for in the Plan shall have been obtained, are not subject to unfulfilled conditions, and are in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods have expired without any action having been taken by any competent authority that would restrain or prevent such transactions;
12. All documents and agreements necessary to implement the Plan, including any revised employment agreements, shall have (a) been tendered for delivery and (b) been effected or executed by all Entities party thereto, and all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of such documents and agreements (other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date) shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms of such documents or agreements (including, without limitation, the Exit Facility Documents); and
13. All Allowed Professional Fee Claims approved by the Court shall have been paid in full and the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall have been funded in the Professional Fee Reserve Amount.
C. | Waiver of Conditions |
The conditions precedent to Confirmation of the Plan and to the Effective Date of the Plan set forth in this Article IX may be waived only by consent of the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors without notice, leave, or order of the Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan.
D. | Substantial Consummation |
“Substantial Consummation” of the Plan, as defined in section 1101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed to occur on the Effective Date.
E. | Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to the Confirmation Date or the Effective Date |
If the Confirmation Date and/or the Effective Date do(es) not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Restructuring Support Agreement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or Claims against or Interests in the Debtors; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any Holders of a Claim or Interest or any other Entity; (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity in any respect; or (4) be used by the Debtors or any Entity as evidence (or in any other way) in any litigation, including with regard to the strengths or weaknesses of any of the parties’ positions, arguments or claims.
58
ARTICLE X.
MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN
A. | Modification and Amendments |
Subject to the limitations contained herein and the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan and seek Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and, as appropriate, not resolicit votes on such modified Plan. Subject to certain restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019, those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan, and the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors expressly reserve their right to alter, amend, or modify materially the Plan, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent necessary, may initiate proceedings in the Court to so alter, amend, or modify the Plan, or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan.
B. | Effect of Confirmation on Modifications |
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan occurring after the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.
C. | Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan |
The Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan with respect to any or all Debtors prior to the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation and Consummation does not occur, then: (1) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any other Entity, including the Holders of Claims; (iii) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by the Debtors or any other Entity; or (iv) be used by the Debtors or any Entity as evidence (or in any other way) in any litigation, including with regard to the strengths or weaknesses of any of the parties’ positions, arguments or claims.
59
ARTICLE XI.
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Court shall retain jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases and all matters, arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan to the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, including jurisdiction to:
1. Allow, Disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or Unsecured status, or amount of any Claim against a Debtor, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections relating to any of the foregoing;
2. decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals;
3. resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom, including Claims related to the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, any Cure Claims, or any other matter related to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease; (b) the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, amending, modifying, or supplementing, pursuant to Article V hereof, the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases or the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease;
4. ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;
5. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested, or litigated matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;
6. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Causes of Action by or against a Debtor;
7. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to sections 1141, 1145, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;
8. enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement, and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Restructuring Support Agreement;
9. enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to section 363 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code;
60
10. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan or the Restructuring Support Agreement;
11. issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;
12. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the settlements, compromises, discharges, releases, injunctions, exculpations, and other provisions contained in Article VIII hereof and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;
13. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.H.1 hereof;
14. enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;
15. determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan Supplement;
16. adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan or any transactions contemplated therein, including any Restructuring Transactions;
17. consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Court order, including the Confirmation Order;
18. determine requests for the payment of Claims entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;
19. hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;
20. hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, or scope of the release provisions set forth in the Plan, including any dispute relating to any liability arising out of the termination of employment or the termination of any employee or retiree benefit program, regardless of whether such termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date;
21. enforce all orders previously entered by the Court;
22. hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code;
23. enter an order concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases; and
61
24. enforce the injunction, release, and exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII hereof.
ARTICLE XII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. | Immediate Binding Effect |
Subject to Article IX.A hereof and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan, the final versions of the documents contained in the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (regardless of whether the Holders of such Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted or rejected the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, and injunctions provided for in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan or the Confirmation Order, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. All Claims and debts shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim or debt has voted on the Plan.
B. | Additional Documents |
On or before the Effective Date, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors may File with the Court such agreements and other documents, in form and substance acceptable to the Requisite Creditors, as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, and all Holders of Claims or Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.
C. | Dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee |
On the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee shall dissolve automatically, and the respective members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties arising from, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases; provided that such dissolution shall not affect the standing of Professionals for the Creditors’ Committee to submit and prosecute requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims and any appeals thereof. The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the Creditors’ Committee after the Effective Date other than Allowed Professional Fee Claims, whenever incurred including, without limitation, those incurred after the Effective Date in connection with the consummation and implementation of the Plan.
D. | Reservation of Rights |
Prior to the Effective Date, neither the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, nor any action taken or not taken by any Debtor with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the Holders of Claims or Interests.
62
Prior to the Effective Date, neither the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, nor any action taken or not taken by any Holder of any Claim with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any claimant with respect to any Claims or Interests.
E. | Successors and Assigns |
The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, affiliate, officer, director, manager, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.
F. | Service of Documents |
Any pleading, notice, or other document required by the Plan to be served on or delivered to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall be served on:
Reorganized Debtors | PetroQuest Energy, Inc. 000 X. Xxxxxxx Xxxxxx Xxxx, Xxxxx 0000 Xxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxx 00000 Attn: Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx | |
Attorneys to the Debtors | Xxxxxx Xxxxxx LLP 0000 Xxxx Xxxxxx Xxxxxxx, Xxxxx 00000 Attn: Xxxx X. Xxxxxxx E. Xxxxx Xxxxx | |
United States Trustee | Office of the United States Trustee for the Southern District of Texas 000 Xxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000 Xxxxxxx, Xxxxx 00000 Attn: [•] | |
Counsel to the Prepetition Term Loan Agent | Xxxxxx Xxxx & Xxxxxx LLP 000 Xxxx Xxxxxx Xxx Xxxx, XX 00000 Attn: Xxxxxx Xxxxxxxx-Xxxxxxxxx | |
Counsel to the Consenting Creditors | Akin Gump Xxxxxxx Xxxxx & Xxxx LLP Xxx Xxxxxx Xxxx Xxx Xxxx, Xxx Xxxx 00000 Attn: Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxx Xxxx Xxxx Xxxxxxx Xxxxx & Xxxx LLP 0000 Xxxxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000 Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 00000 Attn: Xxxxx Link Xxxxxxx |
63
Counsel to the Indenture Trustee | Xxxx Xxxxx LLP 0000 Xxxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000, Xxxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxxx 00000 Attn: Xxxx X. Xxxxxx |
X. | Term of Injunctions or Stays |
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.
H. | Entire Agreement |
Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Plan Supplement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Exit Facility Documents, the Registration Rights Agreement, and the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.
I. | Exhibits |
All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Debtors’ restructuring website at xxxx://xx.xxxx00.xxx/XxxxxXxxxx or the Court’s website at xxx.xxx.xxxxxxxx.xxx. To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Court, the non-exhibit or non-document portion of the Plan shall control.
J. | Nonseverability of Plan Provisions |
If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such terms or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted, provided that any such alteration or interpretation shall be acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ and the Requisite Creditors’ consent; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.
64
K. | Votes Solicited in Good Faith |
Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan, and, therefore, none of such parties or individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan.
L. | Closing of Chapter 11 Cases |
The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the Court all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Court to close the Chapter 11 Cases.
M. | Waiver or Estoppel |
Each Holder of a Claim shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, Secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement or the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors’ right to enter into settlements was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or papers Filed with the Court or the Notice and Claims Agent prior to the Confirmation Date.
* * * *
Respectfully submitted, as of the date first set forth above,
Dated: November 6, 2018 | PETROQUEST ENERGY, INC. on behalf of itself and all other Debtors | |||||
/s/ Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx President and Chief Executive Officer 400 E. Xxxxxxx Xxxxxx Road, Suite 6000 Xxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxx 00000 |
65
EXHIBIT B
PETROQUEST ENERGY, INC.
EXIT FACILITY TERM SHEET
$50,000,000 Term Loan Facility
Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meanings as
specified therefor in the Restructuring Support Agreement to which this Exhibit B is attached.
Borrower: | PetroQuest Energy, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company (the “Company”). | |
Guarantors: | PetroQuest Energy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent”).
TDC Energy, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company.
Each of the Company’s and Parent’s other existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries other than exceptions that are consistent with the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement. | |
Agent: | A third party agent to be mutually agreed upon. | |
Backstop Commitment and Lenders: | Certain of the MacKay Funds and the Corre Funds shall provide backstop commitments for the Facility (with 50% of the Facility backstopped by such MacKay Funds and 50% of the Facility backstopped by the Corre Funds). Holders of the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes will be offered a chance to participate in the Facility on a pro rata basis based on their holdings of the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes. | |
Backstop Fee: | 3% of the principal amount of the Facility, payable in equity of the reorganized PetroQuest Energy, Inc., valued at plan value, on the Effective Date (which issuance of equity will not dilute the Management Incentive Plan). | |
Facility: | A term loan facility in an aggregate amount of $50,000,000 (the “Loans”) available in one drawing on the Closing Date. | |
Purpose: | The proceeds of the Facility will be used for (a) the repayment in full of the Prepetition Term Loans on the Closing Date, (b) the payment of transaction expenses and (c) for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. |
1
Interest Rate: | The outstanding principal amount of the Loans shall bear interest at 7.50% per annum plus LIBOR (subject to a 1.00% floor).
After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined below) all outstanding amounts under the Facility shall bear an additional 2.00% per annum of interest, which additional interest will be payable on demand. | |
Maturity: | The Facility will mature on the date that is four years and nine months from the Effective Date. | |
Amortization | None. | |
Voluntary Prepayments: | Consistent with the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement. | |
Mandatory Prepayments: | Consistent with the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the status of the Company after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions. | |
Collateral: | Same as the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement. The agent for the Facility will enter into an intercreditor agreement with the agent or trustee for the New Second Lien PIK Notes to be issued on the Effective Date, which will provide that the New Second Lien PIK Notes will have a silent second lien with respect to any shared collateral. | |
Representations: | Consistent with the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the status of the Company after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions. | |
Affirmative Covenants: | Consistent with the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the condition and status of the Company after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions. | |
Negative Covenants: | Consistent with the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the status of the Company after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions. | |
Financial Covenants: | Consistent with the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement. | |
Events of Default: | Consistent with the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the status of the Company after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions. |
2
Fees and Expenses: | The Company shall pay on the Effective Date and promptly following written demand thereafter all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent and the Lenders in connection with the negotiation, administration and enforcement of the definitive documentation for the Facility, the transactions contemplated thereby or protection of rights thereunder | |
Governing Law and Forum: | New York. |
3
EXHIBIT C
PETROQUEST ENERGY, INC.
NEW SECOND LIEN PIK NOTE TERM SHEET
$80,000,000 of New Second Lien PIK Notes
Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meanings as
specified therefor in the Restructuring Support Agreement to which this Exhibit C is attached.
Issuer | PetroQuest Energy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”). | |
Guarantors | Guaranteed on an unsecured basis by each subsidiary of the Issuer that is a borrower or guarantor under the Exit Facility | |
Security | The Notes will be secured by a second priority lien on all equity interests of each Guarantor. | |
Notes | $80 million aggregate principal amount of second lien notes due 2023 (the “Notes”). The Notes shall be issued through DTC. | |
Maturity Date | The date that is five years after the Effective Date. | |
Amortization | None. | |
Interest | The Notes will bear interest at a rate of 10.00% per annum, payable in kind, semi-annually in arrears; provided, at the option of the board of directors of the Issuer, interest shall be payable in cash. | |
Optional Redemption | The Issuer may redeem some or all of the notes at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to 102% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed for the first year following the Effective Date, 101% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed for the second year following the Effective Date and 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed thereafter, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. | |
Mandatory Redemptions/Offers to Purchase | Usual and customary for transactions of this type and consistent with the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the condition and status of the Company after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions. |
Affirmative Covenants | Usual and customary for transactions of this type and consistent with the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the condition and status of the Company after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions. | |
Negative Covenants | Usual and customary for transactions of this type and consistent with the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the condition and status of the Company after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions, including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) The Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness in an aggregate amount up to the greatest of (x) $65 million, (y) a borrowing base that is based on customary practices and market standards for reserve based loans not to exceed $150 million and (z) 35% of ACNTA (as such term is defined in the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture), it being understood that the Exit Facility shall be deemed incurred under this exception; and
(b) Other than as set forth in clause (a) above, the Guarantors and their subsidiaries may not incur any Indebtedness that is senior to the Notes (whether in right of payment, due to lien priority or due to structural priority) but junior to any indebtedness described in clause (a) above. | |
Events of Default | Usual and customary for transactions of this type and consistent with the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture, with modifications to reflect the Restructuring Transactions and the condition and status of the Company after the Restructuring Transactions. | |
Governing Law and Forum | New York. |
2
EXHIBIT D
PETROQUEST ENERGY, INC.
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PROGRAM TERM SHEET
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same meanings as specified therefor in the Restructuring Support Agreement to which this Exhibit D is attached.
Reorganized Company | Upon emergence (“Emergence”) of PetroQuest Energy, Inc. (the “Reorganized Company”) pursuant to the plan of reorganization pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Restructuring”). | |
MIP General Description and Purpose |
A Management Incentive Program (“MIP”) will be established in connection with the Restructuring and will provide for a pool consisting of 9% (the “MIP Pool”) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Reorganized Company (“New Common Stock”) at Emergence (on a fully diluted basis, including shares of New Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Backstop Fee contemplated by the Exit Facility Term Sheet) with an additional reserve of 200,000 shares of the New Common Stock at Emergence. The MIP will be administered by the board of directors of the Reorganized Company (the “New Board”). The awards to be granted under the MIP will be subject to customary anti-dilution and other adjustments for changes in capitalization and other events. The awards to be granted from the MIP Pool as described further below will be allocated among the Company’s current Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and EVP – Operations and Production (the “Selected Participants”) as follows: 60%, 20% and 20%. The awards to be granted from the MIP Reserve will be granted by the New Board in its discretion. | |
Plan Structure; Awards to be Granted | The MIP is an equity-based compensation plan providing for and permitting the grant of awards to eligible participants including, among other things, in the form of unrestricted shares of New Common Stock, stock options (“Options”) to purchase shares of New Common Stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to be settled in shares of New Common Stock, in each case subject to the satisfaction of certain vesting criteria, if any, described below. |
Fully Vested RSUs | Upon Emergence, the Selected Participants will be granted fully vested RSUs with respect 2.5% of the New Common Stock (“Vested RSUs”). The Vested RSUs will not be subject to vesting or forfeiture and will be settled on the earlier of (i) a participant’s termination of employment for any reason, (ii) a “Change in Control” (as defined in the participant’s termination agreement) (iii) a specified date, which will be the 30th trading day in 2019 after the Emergence Date. Tax withholding with respect to shares of New Common Stock delivered upon settlement may be paid in cash or via “net” settlement at the participant’s discretion. | |
Restricted Stock Units | Upon Emergence, RSUs will be granted from the MIP Pool to the Selected Participants with respect 1.0% of the New Common Stock (“First Emergence RSUs”). The First Emergence RSUs fully vest on the earlier to occur of (i) the one-year anniversary of Emergence subject to continuing employment on the vesting date or (ii) a “Change in Control” (as defined in the participant’s termination agreement). In the event of the termination of a participant’s employment by the Reorganized Company for any reason (including due to disability) or in the event of the participant’s death, the First Emergence RSUs will be fully vested.
Upon Emergence, RSUs will be granted from the MIP Pool to the Selected Participants with respect 2.5% of the New Common Stock (“Second Emergence RSUs”). The Second Emergence RSUs fully vest on the earliest to occur of (i) the three-year anniversary of Emergence subject to continuing employment on the vesting date, (ii) a “Change in Control” (as defined in the participant’s termination agreement) or (iii) the attainment of a 20-trading day volume-weighted average price of a share of New Common Stock ( “VWAP Price”) at least equal to $ 20.00 following the date of grant. In the event of the termination of a participant’s employment for any reason prior to vesting, the Second Emergence RSUs will be forfeited; provided, however, that if the participant’s employment is terminated by the Reorganized Company due to disability or in the event of the participant’s death, the participant will become vested in the number of Second Emergence RSUs equal to the product of (i) the total number of Second Emergence RSUs, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months elapsed from Emergence through the date of such termination and the denominator of which is 36.
The First Emergence RSUs and Second Emergence RSUs will be settled in shares of New Common Stock at vesting and will not be subject to forfeiture once vested. Tax withholding with respect to such RSUs may be paid in cash or via “net” settlement at the participant’s discretion. |
Emergence Options | Upon Emergence, Options will be granted from the MIP Pool to the Selected Participants to purchase 3% of the New Common Stock (such Options, the “Emergence Options”).
One half of the Emergence Options will have an exercise price of $10.00 per share and one half of the Emergence Options will have an exercise price of $12.50 per share.
Emergence Options will vest upon the earlier to occur of (i) attainment of a VWAP Price at least equal to the applicable strike price of the Option following the date of grant or (ii) a “Change in Control” (as defined in the participant’s termination agreement). In the event of the termination of a participant’s employment for any reason prior to vesting, the Emergence Options will be forfeited. Emergence Options will not be subject to forfeiture once vested, other than in the event of a termination by the Company for “Cause” as defined in the participant’s employment agreement, and will remain exercisable for the option term. The exercise price or tax withholding with respect to Emergence Options may be paid in cash or via “net” exercise at the participant’s discretion
Emergence Options will have a maximum term of 7 years. |
Exhibit F
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
HOUSTON DIVISION
In re:
PETROQUEST ENERGY, INC., et al.,
Debtors.1
|
§ § § § § § § |
Chapter 11 Case No. 18-___________________ (Jointly Administered) |
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR THE
DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
XXXXXX XXXXXX LLP
Xxxx X. Xxxxxxx (TX 09597500)
Xxxxxx X. Xxxxxxxxx (TX 24038592)
M. Xxxxx Xxxxxxx (TX 24083263)
0000 Xxxx Xxxxxx, 00xx Xxxxx
Xxxxxxx, Xxxxx 00000
PROPOSED ATTORNEYS FOR THE DEBTORS
Dated: November 6, 2018
THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF AN ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN CONDITIONALLY APPROVED BY THE COURT. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT BEEN CONDITIONALLY APPROVED BY THE COURT FOR PURPOSES OF SOLICITATION. THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL ANY SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES. |
1 | The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, are as follows: PetroQuest Energy, Inc. (0714), PetroQuest Energy, L.L.C. (2439), TDC Energy LLC (8877), PetroQuest Oil & Gas, L.L.C. (1170), PQ Holdings LLC (7576), Pittrans Inc. (1747), and Sea Harvester Energy Development, L.L.C. (5903). The address of the Debtors’ headquarters is: 400 E. Xxxxxxx Xxxxxx Road, Suite 6000, Xxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxx 00000. |
THE DEBTORS ARE PROVIDING THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS FOR PURPOSES OF SOLICITING VOTES TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A. NOTHING IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY BE RELIED UPON OR USED BY ANY ENTITY FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE. PRIOR TO DECIDING WHETHER AND HOW TO VOTE ON THE PLAN, EACH HOLDER ENTITLED TO VOTE SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER ALL OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, INCLUDING THE RISK FACTORS DESCRIBED IN ARTICLE VIII HEREIN.
THE PLAN IS SUPPORTED BY THE DEBTORS, PREPETITION TERM LOAN LENDERS, AND COMBINED CONSENTING SECOND LIEN NOTEHOLDERS PURSUANT TO THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, AND ALL SUCH PARTIES URGE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS WHOSE VOTES ARE BEING SOLICITED TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.
HOLDERS OF CLAIMS SHOULD NOT CONSTRUE THE CONTENTS OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS PROVIDING ANY LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, SECURITIES, OR TAX ADVICE AND SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN ADVISORS BEFORE VOTING ON THE PLAN.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS, AMONG OTHER THINGS, SUMMARIES OF THE PLAN, CERTAIN STATUTORY PROVISIONS, AND CERTAIN ANTICIPATED EVENTS IN THE DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 CASES. ALTHOUGH THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THESE SUMMARIES ARE FAIR AND ACCURATE, THESE SUMMARIES ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY DO NOT SET FORTH THE ENTIRE TEXT OF SUCH DOCUMENTS OR STATUTORY PROVISIONS OR EVERY DETAIL OF SUCH ANTICIPATED EVENTS. IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY OR DISCREPANCY BETWEEN A DESCRIPTION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, THE PLAN OR SUCH OTHER DOCUMENTS WILL GOVERN FOR ALL PURPOSES. FACTUAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PROVIDED BY THE DEBTORS’ MANAGEMENT EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY NOTED. THE DEBTORS DO NOT REPRESENT OR WARRANT THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR ATTACHED HERETO IS WITHOUT ANY MATERIAL INACCURACY OR OMISSION.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND BANKRUPTCY RULE 3016(B) AND IS NOT NECESSARILY PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER SIMILAR LAWS.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WAS NOT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE AUTHORITY AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE AUTHORITY HAS PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT OR UPON THE MERITS OF THE PLAN. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
THE DEBTORS WILL RELY ON SECTION 1145(a) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE TO EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND BLUE SKY LAWS THE OFFER, ISSUANCE, AND DISTRIBUTION OF NEW EQUITY AND NEW SECOND LIEN PIK NOTES UNDER THE PLAN. NEITHER THE SOLICITATION NOR THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONSTITUTES AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SECURITIES IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED.
CERTAIN STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, INCLUDING STATEMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, PROJECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION, AND OTHER FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, ARE BASED ON ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH STATEMENTS WILL BE REFLECTIVE OF ACTUAL OUTCOMES. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE SAFE HARBOR ESTABLISHED UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 AND THESE STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO THE INTENT, BELIEFS, PLANS OR EXPECTATIONS OF THE DEBTORS ARE BASED UPON CURRENT EXPECTATIONS AND ARE SUBJECT TO A NUMBER OF RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND ASSUMPTIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN.
FURTHER, READERS ARE CAUTIONED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS HEREIN ARE BASED ON ASSUMPTIONS THAT ARE BELIEVED TO BE REASONABLE, BUT ARE SUBJECT TO A WIDE RANGE OF RISKS IDENTIFIED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. DUE TO THESE UNCERTAINTIES, READERS CANNOT BE ASSURED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WILL PROVE TO BE CORRECT. THE DEBTORS ARE UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO (AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY OBLIGATION TO) UPDATE OR ALTER ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WHETHER AS A RESULT OF NEW INFORMATION, FUTURE EVENTS, OR OTHERWISE, UNLESS INSTRUCTED TO DO SO BY THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS (THE “COURT”).
NO INDEPENDENT AUDITOR OR ACCOUNTANT HAS REVIEWED OR APPROVED THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS HEREIN. THE DEBTORS HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY PERSON TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR ADVICE, OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION, IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN OR THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE, AND MAY NOT BE CONSTRUED AS, AN ADMISSION OF FACT, LIABILITY, STIPULATION, OR WAIVER. THE DEBTORS MAY SEEK TO INVESTIGATE, FILE, AND PROSECUTE CLAIMS AND MAY OBJECT TO CLAIMS AFTER THE CONFIRMATION OR EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IDENTIFIES ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR OBJECTIONS TO CLAIMS.
THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE AS OF THE DATE HEREOF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. THE TERMS OF THE PLAN GOVERN IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY WITH THE SUMMARIES IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING PROVIDED SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN OR OBJECTING TO CONFIRMATION. NOTHING IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY BE USED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE. ALL EXHIBITS TO THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE INCORPORATED INTO AND ARE A PART OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS IF SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.
IF THE PLAN IS CONFIRMED BY THE COURT AND THE EFFECTIVE DATE OCCURS, ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS (INCLUDING THOSE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS WHO DO NOT SUBMIT BALLOTS (AS DEFINED BELOW) TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN, OR WHO ARE NOT ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN) WILL BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THE PLAN AND THE RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
I. |
INTRODUCTION | 1 | ||||||
II. |
OVERVIEW OF THE DEBTORS’ OPERATIONS | 6 | ||||||
A. |
The Debtors’ Business | 6 | ||||||
B. |
The Debtors’ History | 6 | ||||||
C. |
The Debtors’ Corporate Structure | 9 | ||||||
D. |
Directors and Officers | 10 | ||||||
E. |
The Debtors’ Capital Structure | 10 | ||||||
III. |
KEY EVENTS LEADING TO CHAPTER 11 CASES | 14 | ||||||
A. |
Restructuring Negotiations | 16 | ||||||
B. |
The Restructuring Support Agreement | 16 | ||||||
IV. |
DEVELOPMENTS AND ANTICIPATED EVENTS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES | 17 | ||||||
A. |
First Day Pleadings | 18 | ||||||
B. |
Other Administrative Motions and Retention Applications | 19 | ||||||
C. |
Claims Bar Date | 19 | ||||||
D. |
Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases | 20 | ||||||
E. |
Litigation Matters | 20 | ||||||
V. |
SUMMARY OF THE PLAN | 20 | ||||||
A. |
Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Claims | 20 | ||||||
B. |
Classification of Claims and Interests | 22 | ||||||
C. |
Treatment of Claims and Interests | 23 | ||||||
D. |
Means for Implementation of the Plan | 29 | ||||||
E. |
Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases | 40 | ||||||
F. |
Provisions Governing Distributions | 43 | ||||||
G. |
Procedures for Resolving Contingent, Unliquidated, and Disputed Claims | 49 | ||||||
H. |
Settlement, Release, Injunction, and Related Provisions | 52 | ||||||
I. |
Conditions Precedent to Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan | 59 | ||||||
A. |
Modification, Revocation, or Withdrawal of the Plan | 61 | ||||||
B. |
Retention of Jurisdiction | 62 | ||||||
C. |
Miscellaneous Provisions | 64 | ||||||
VI. |
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS | 68 | ||||||
VII. |
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN | 69 | ||||||
A. |
Introduction | 69 | ||||||
B. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan to the Debtors | 71 | ||||||
C. |
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Certain U.S. Holders of Claims | 74 |
D. | Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Certain Non-U.S. Holders of Claims | 82 | ||||||
E. | Information Reporting and Backup Withholding | 88 | ||||||
VIII. |
CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED | 89 | ||||||
A. | Certain Bankruptcy Law Considerations | 89 | ||||||
B. | Additional Factors Affecting the Value of the Reorganized Debtors and Recoveries Under the Plan | 92 | ||||||
C. | Risks Relating to the Debtors’ Business and Financial Condition | 94 | ||||||
D. | Factors Relating to Securities to Be Issued Under the Plan | 96 | ||||||
E. | Additional Factors | 97 | ||||||
IX. |
VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS | 98 | ||||||
A. | Parties Entitled to Vote | 98 | ||||||
B. | Voting Procedures | 99 | ||||||
C. | Voting Deadline | 100 | ||||||
D. | Waivers of Defects and Irregularities | 101 | ||||||
X. |
CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN | 102 | ||||||
A. | Confirmation Hearing | 102 | ||||||
B. | Objections to Confirmation | 102 | ||||||
C. | Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan | 103 | ||||||
D. | Best Interests Test/Liquidation Analysis | 105 | ||||||
E. | Feasibility | 105 | ||||||
F. | Acceptance by Impaired Classes | 106 | ||||||
G. | Additional Requirements for Nonconsensual Confirmation | 106 | ||||||
H. | Valuation of the Debtors | 107 | ||||||
XI. |
ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN | 108 | ||||||
A. | Alternative Plan of Reorganization | 108 | ||||||
B. | Sale Under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code | 108 | ||||||
C. | Liquidation Under Chapter 7 or Applicable Non-Bankruptcy Law | 108 | ||||||
XII. |
CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION | 109 |
ii
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A | Plan of Reorganization | |
EXHIBIT B | Restructuring Support Agreement | |
EXHIBIT C | Liquidation Analysis | |
EXHIBIT D | Financial Projections | |
EXHIBIT E | Valuation Analysis | |
EXHIBIT F | Summary of Litigation |
iii
I. | INTRODUCTION |
PetroQuest Energy, Inc. (“PetroQuest”) and its debtor affiliates, as debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “Debtors”) submit this disclosure statement (the “Disclosure Statement”) pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, dated November 6, 2018 (the “Plan,” attached hereto as Exhibit A).2 The Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan for PetroQuest and each of the other Debtors. To the extent any inconsistencies exist between this Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the Plan governs.
The Debtors are commencing this solicitation after extensive discussions over the past several months among the Debtors and certain of their key creditor constituencies, including the holders of the fulcrum security, the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders. As a result of these negotiations, certain creditors holding 100% of the Debtors’ First Lien Claims and approximately 85% of the Debtors’ Second Lien Notes Claims entered into a restructuring support agreement (the “Restructuring Support Agreement”) with the Debtors, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. Under the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders and the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders who are, or later become, signatories to the Restructuring Support Agreement have agreed to a deleveraging transaction that would restructure the existing debt obligations of the Debtors in chapter 11 through the Plan (the “Restructuring”).
WHO IS ENTITLED TO VOTE: Under the Bankruptcy Code, only Holders of Claims or Interests in “impaired” Classes are entitled to vote on the Plan (unless, for reasons discussed in more detail below, such Holders are deemed to accept the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or are deemed to reject the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code). Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a Class of Claims or Interests is deemed to be “impaired” under the Plan unless (i) the Plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such Claim or Interest entitles the Holder thereof or (ii) notwithstanding any legal right to an accelerated payment of such Claim or Interest, the Plan, among other things, cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the initiation of these Chapter 11 Cases) and reinstates the maturity of such Claim or Interest as it existed before the default.
The following table summarizes: (i) the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan, (ii) which Classes are Impaired by the Plan, (iii) which Classes are entitled to vote on the Plan, and (iv) the estimated recoveries for Holders of Claims and Interests. The table is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan. For a more detailed summary of the terms and provisions of the Plan, see Section V—Summary of the Plan below.
2 | Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan. |
Class |
Claim or |
Treatment |
Impaired or |
Entitled to |
Approx. % Recovery |
|||||||
1 | Other Priority Claims | In full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Other Priority Claim, each Holder thereof shall receive (i) payment in full, in Cash, of the unpaid portion of its Allowed Other Priority Claim or (ii) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | 100 | % | ||||||
2 | Other Secured Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Other Secured Claim, each such Holder shall receive, at the Debtors’ election, either (i) Cash equal to the full Allowed amount of its Claim, (ii) Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim, (iii) the return or abandonment of the collateral securing such Allowed Other Secured Claim to such Holder, or (iv) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | 100 | % | ||||||
3 | Secured Tax Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Secured Tax Claim, each such Holder shall receive, at the Debtors’ election, either (i) Cash equal to the full Allowed amount of its Claim, (ii) Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Tax Claim, (iii) the return or abandonment of the collateral securing such Allowed Secured Tax Claim to such Holder, or (iv) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | 100 | % | ||||||
4 |
First Lien Claims |
On or before the Effective Date, each Holder of a First Lien Claim will receive Cash equal to the amount of its Allowed Claim from funds available pursuant to the Exit Facility. | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | 100% |
2
Class |
Claim or |
Treatment |
Impaired or |
Entitled to |
Approx. % Recovery | |||||
5 | Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims | Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim, each such Holder shall receive (i) its Pro Rata share of 100% of the New Equity under the Plan, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and (ii) its Pro Rata share of $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes; such Pro Rata share of the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes calculated by including the $275,045,768 (plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date) of Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims as Claims that will share Pro Rata in 100% of New Equity, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium and $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes. | Impaired | Yes | [•] – [•] | |||||
6 | Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims | Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claim, each such Holder shall receive (i) its Pro Rata share of 100% of the New Equity under the Plan, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and (ii) its Pro Rata share of $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes; such Pro Rata share of the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes calculated by including the $9,427,000 (plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date) of Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims as Claims that will share Pro Rata in 100% of New Equity, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes. | Impaired | Yes | [•] – [•] |
3
Class |
Claim or |
Treatment |
Impaired or |
Entitled to |
Approx. % Recovery |
|||||||
7 | General Unsecured Claims | Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed General Unsecured Claim and of and in exchange for each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each such Holder shall receive its Pro Rata share of the General Unsecured Claims Distribution on the Effective Date; provided, however, that to the extent that Class 7 votes to accept the Plan, the Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims shall not receive any distribution on account of their Allowed Second Lien Deficiency Claims. | Impaired | Yes | [__] | % | ||||||
8 | Section 510(b) Claims | Section 510(b) Claims, if any, shall be discharged, canceled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date, and shall be of no further force or effect, and Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall not receive any distribution on account of such Section 510(b) Claims. | Impaired | No (Deemed to Reject) |
0 | % | ||||||
9 | Intercompany Claims | Intercompany Claims shall be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Reorganized Debtors’ option, shall be cancelled. No distribution shall be made on account of any Intercompany Claims other than in the ordinary course of business of the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, Intercompany Claims that are Reinstated as of the Effective Date, if any, shall be subordinated in all respects to the Exit Facility and the New Second Lien PIK Notes. | Unimpaired / Impaired | No (Deemed to Either Accept or Reject) | N/A | |||||||
10 | Intercompany Interests | Intercompany Interests shall be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Reorganized Debtors’ option, shall be cancelled. No distribution shall be made on account of any Intercompany Interests. | Unimpaired / Impaired | No (Deemed to Either Accept or Reject) | N/A | |||||||
11 | PetroQuest Interests | On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, all PetroQuest Interests will be extinguished and the Holders of PetroQuest Interests shall not receive or retain any distribution, property, or other value on account of their PetroQuest Interests. | Impaired | No (Deemed to Reject) | 0 | % |
WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: PetroQuest currently files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. Copies of any document filed with the SEC may be obtained by visiting the SEC website at xxxx://xxx.xxx.xxx and performing a search under the “Company Filings” link. Information including, but not limited to, that in the following filings incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this Disclosure Statement, except for any information superseded or modified by information contained expressly in this Disclosure Statement. You should not assume that the information in this Disclosure Statement is current as of any date other than the date on the first page of the Disclosure Statement. Any information PetroQuest files under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Act that updates information in the filings incorporated by reference will update and supersede that information:
4
• | Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, filed on March 8, 2018 and amended on March 29, 2018 and April 27, 2018, including portions of the definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 7, 2018 incorporated by reference therein; |
• | Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018, filed after the Petition Date; |
• | Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2018, filed on August 7, 2018; |
• | Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2018, filed on May 8, 2018; and |
• | Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2018, October 19, 2018, October 5, 2018, September 28, 2018, September 17, 2018, August 31, 2018, August 15, 2018, July 31, 2018, July 10, 2018, June 22, 2018, May 18, 2018, May 7, 2018, April 17, 2018, February 20, 2018, and February 1, 2018. |
DECIDING HOW TO VOTE ON THE PLAN: All Holders of Claims are encouraged to read this Disclosure Statement, its exhibits, and the Plan carefully and in their entirety before, if applicable, deciding to vote either to accept or to reject the Plan. This Disclosure Statement contains important information about the Plan, considerations pertinent to acceptance or rejection of the Plan and developments concerning the Chapter 11 Cases.
IN ORDER FOR YOUR VOTE TO BE COUNTED, YOUR VOTE MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE VOTING AGENT AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW ON OR BEFORE THE VOTING DEADLINE OF [ : ] A.M./P.M., PREVAILING CENTRAL TIME, ON [_____], 2018, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE DEBTORS AND THE REQUISITE CREDITORS. IF YOU HOLD YOUR CLAIMS THROUGH A NOMINEE, PLEASE FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED BY YOUR NOMINEE FOR RETURNING YOUR VOTING INSTRUCTIONS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INSTRUCTED, PLEASE RETURN YOUR BENEFICIAL HOLDER BALLOT TO YOUR NOMINEE OR YOUR VOTE WILL NOT BE COUNTED.
EACH BALLOT ADVISES THAT CREDITORS WHO (A) VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN OR (B) DO NOT VOTE OR VOTE TO REJECT THE PLAN AND DO NOT ELECT TO OPT OUT OF THE RELEASE PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN ARTICLE VIII OF THE PLAN SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE CONSENTED TO THE RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND EXCULPATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE VIII OF THE PLAN AND UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY, AND FOREVER RELEASED AND DISCHARGED THE RELEASED PARTIES FROM ANY AND ALL CAUSES OF ACTION. CREDITORS WHO DO NOT GRANT THE RELEASES CONTAINED IN ARTICLE VIII OF THE PLAN WILL NOT RECEIVE THE BENEFIT OF THE RELEASES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE VIII OF THE PLAN.
5
ARTICLE IX OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PROVIDES ADDITIONAL DETAILS AND IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. PLEASE READ ARTICLE IX OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.
THE DEBTORS STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT YOU VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN. THE DEBTORS AND THE CONSENTING CREDITORS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN MAXIMIZES THE VALUE OF THE DEBTORS’ ESTATES AND REPRESENTS THE BEST AVAILABLE ALTERNATIVE FOR COMPLETING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES. |
II. | OVERVIEW OF THE DEBTORS’ OPERATIONS |
A. | The Debtors’ Business |
The Debtors are an independent oil and gas company created in 1998 through a reverse merger involving Optima Petroleum Corp. and American Explorer, L.L.C., and are engaged in the exploration, development, acquisition and operation of oil and gas properties in Texas and Louisiana, primarily in the Cotton Valley, Gulf Coast Basin, and Austin Chalk plays. The Debtors maintain offices in Lafayette, Louisiana and The Woodlands, Texas. PetroQuest and the other Debtors, all of which are direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of PetroQuest, currently employ 64 employees and utilize the services of an additional eight specialized and trained field workers and engineers through third-party service providers.
As of September 30, 2018, the Debtors reported total assets of approximately $130 million on their unaudited consolidated balance sheet, of which approximately $52 million were current assets. The remaining $78 million in reported assets related primarily to oil and gas properties, other property and equipment, and other assets. The Debtors reported consolidated net losses of approximately $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
B. | The Debtors’ History |
Until 2002, the Debtors were focused exclusively in the Gulf Coast Basin with onshore properties principally in southern Louisiana and offshore properties in the shallow waters of the Gulf of Mexico shelf. During 2003, the Debtors began the implementation of their strategic goal of diversifying their reserves and production into longer life and lower risk onshore properties with the acquisition of the Carthage Field in East Texas. From 2005 through 2015, the Debtors further implemented this strategy by focusing their efforts in the Woodford Shale play in Oklahoma, along with various other resource projects wherein the Debtors have drilled, operated and or participated in the drilling and completion of approximately 650 horizontal xxxxx. Through these projects, the Debtors have gained valuable experience and will now focus in their two primary project areas: the Cotton Valley Formation in East Texas targeting economic natural gas and natural gas liquids and the Austin Chalk formation in Central Louisiana (see below) targeting primarily oil, striving to achieve a balanced product mix over time.
6
The Debtors’ most recent material acquisitions and divestitures are highlighted below.
1. | Woodford Shale and Mississippian Lime Sale |
On June 4, 2015, the Debtors completed the sale of a majority of their interests in the Woodford Shale and Mississippian Lime for $280 million, subject to customary post-closing purchase price adjustments, effective January 1, 2015. At closing, the Debtors received $257.7 million in cash and recognized a receivable of $13.9 million, which was received in full during the third quarter of 2015.
On April 20, 2016, the Debtors completed the sale of a majority of their remaining Woodford Shale assets in the Oklahoma field for approximately $18 million, subject to customary post-closing purchase price adjustments, effective April 1, 2016.
2. | East Texas Assets |
In March 2016, the Debtors sold certain non-producing assets in East Texas for $7 million to a potential joint venture partner. After determining they would not pursue a joint venture with this party, the Debtors repurchased the non-producing assets for $5 million in December 2016. The Debtors subsequently entered into a new drilling joint venture in East Texas with another group of partners.
On December 15, 2017, the Debtors completed the sale of their saltwater disposal assets in East Texas for approximately $8.5 million.
7
3. | Austin Chalk Formation |
On December 20, 2017, the Debtors entered into an oil focused play in central Louisiana targeting the Austin Chalk formation through the execution of agreements to acquire interests in approximately 24,600 gross acres for a purchase price of approximately $9.3 million and the issuance of 2.0 million shares of PetroQuest common stock.
4. | Gulf of Mexico Properties |
On January 31, 2018, the Debtors sold their properties in the Gulf of Mexico to Northstar Offshore Ventures LLC. The Debtors received no consideration from the sale of these properties and are required to contribute approximately $3.8 million towards the future abandonment costs for the properties. As a result of the sale, the Debtors extinguished approximately $28.4 million of their discounted asset retirement obligation subsequent to December 31, 2017. In connection with the sale, the Debtors expect to receive a cash refund of approximately $12.7 million related to a depositary account that served to collateralize a portion of the Debtors’ offshore bonds related to these properties. The Debtors received approximately $8.3 million of this cash refund in October 2018.
5. | The Debtors’ Current Operations |
As a result of the sale of their Gulf of Mexico assets in January 2018, the Debtors’ asset base is now exclusively comprised of onshore assets in Texas and Louisiana. The Debtors have substantially reduced their operational footprint, which allows them to concentrate their efforts in fewer areas. Operating in concentrated areas helps to better control overhead by managing a greater amount of acreage with fewer employees and minimizing incremental costs of increased drilling and production. The Debtors have substantial geological and reservoir data, operating experience and partner relationships in these regions.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, approximately 94% of the Debtors’ estimated proved reserves were located in East Texas and 6% were located in the Gulf Coast Basin. In terms of production diversification, during the first nine months of 2018, 55% of the Debtors’ production was derived from East Texas and production was comprised of 75% natural gas, 9% oil and 16% natural gas liquids.
During the first nine months of 2018, the Debtors invested $3.3 million in their East Texas properties, where the Debtors completed two gross xxxxx. Net production from the East Texas assets averaged 33.9 MMcfe per day during the first nine months of 2018, a 39% increase from the first nine months of 2017. As a result of producing 9.3 Bcfe in the first nine months of 2018, reserves attributable to the East Texas assets decreased 11% at September 30, 2018 from 2017.
The Debtors invested $2.7 million in the Gulf Coast during the first nine months of 2018, primarily related to Austin Chalk leasing activity. Production from this area decreased 9% from the first nine months of 2017 related to normal production declines. The estimated proved reserves in this area at September 30, 2018 decreased 56% from 2017, primarily because of the 7 Bcfe of production in the first nine months of 2018.
8
The following table sets forth estimated proved reserves and annual production from each of the Debtors’ core areas (in Bcfe) as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:
As of September 30, 2018 | 2017 | 2016 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Reserves As of September 30, 2018 |
Production Through September 30, 2018 |
Reserves As of December 31, 2017 |
Production During 2017 |
Reserves As of December 31, 2016 |
Production During 2016 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Gulf Coast |
7.7 | 7.1 | 13.8 | 10.6 | 16.3 | 6.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Gulf of Mexico (1) |
— | 0.4 | 10.5 | 6.9 | 16.6 | 5.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
East Texas |
117.3 | 9.2 | 131.6 | 10.1 | 82.6 | 9.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Oklahoma Woodford (2) |
— | — | — | — | — | 1.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
125.1 | 16.8 | 155.9 | 27.6 | 115.5 | 23.5 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | In January 2018, the Debtors sold all of their Gulf of Mexico producing assets. |
(2) | In 2016 the Debtors sold the remainder of their Oklahoma assets. |
C. | The Debtors’ Corporate Structure |
All of the Debtors other than PetroQuest are direct or indirect subsidiaries of PetroQuest. The following depicts the Debtors’ full corporate organization structure (the Debtors are highlighted in green):
9
The Debtors other than PetroQuest and PQE currently have limited assets and operations. PetroQuest Oil & Gas, L.L.C. and PQ Holdings, LLC serve as nominees that hold legal title to certain oil and gas interests for third parties in which PetroQuest and its subsidiaries claim no equitable interest. TDC, Sea Harvester Energy Development, L.L.C. and Pittrans, Inc. are inactive companies with no operations or assets. Indianola Gathering, L.L.C., which is a non-Debtor, has a minority interest in a minor gathering system in Oklahoma. The aggregate assets and revenues as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, attributable to all subsidiaries of PetroQuest other than PQE constituted less than 1% of the Debtors’ consolidated assets and revenues.
D. | Directors and Officers |
PetroQuest’s current Board is composed of Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx, Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxx, XX, E. Xxxxx Xxxxxxxx, X.X. Xxxxxx, III, Xx. Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxxx, and J. Xxxxxx Xxxxx. With the exception of Xx. Xxxxxxx, each member of the Board is an independent director.
PetroQuest’s current executive management team is composed of Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx—President and CEO; J. Xxxx Xxxxxxx—Executive Vice President, CFO, and Treasurer; Art X. Xxxxx—Executive Vice President Operations and Production; Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxx—Senior Vice President Exploration; and Xxxxx X. Xxxxxxxx—Vice President of the ArkLaTex Region.
The composition of the board of directors and identity of the officers of each Reorganized Debtor, as well as the nature of any compensation to be paid to any director or officer who is an Insider, will be disclosed prior to the entry of the order confirming the Plan in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
E. | The Debtors’ Capital Structure |
1. | Prepetition Secured Indebtedness |
(a) | Prior Prepetition Term Loan |
PQE was the borrower under that certain Multidraw Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2016 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement”), between PetroQuest, PQE, the lenders party thereto, and Xxxxx Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent.
As of August 31, 2018, PQE had drawn $32.5 million of the $50 million available under the Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, which was scheduled to mature on October 17, 2020. The Debtors were subject to a restrictive financial covenant under the Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, consisting of maintaining a ratio of the present value, discounted at 10% per annum, of the estimated future net revenues in respect of PetroQuest’s and its subsidiaries’ oil and gas properties, before any state, federal, foreign or other income taxes, attributable to proved developed reserves, using three-year strip prices in effect at the end of each calendar quarter, including swap agreements in place at the end of each quarter, to the sum of the outstanding term loans and the then-outstanding commitments to provide term loans, of not less than 2.0 to 1.0 as measured on the last day of each calendar quarter (the “Coverage Ratio”). The Coverage Ratio limited the amount PQE was able to borrow under the Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement.
10
PQE’s obligations under the Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement were guaranteed by PetroQuest and TDC. The facility was secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of PetroQuest and certain of its subsidiaries, including a lien on all equipment and at least 90% of the aggregate total value of the oil and gas properties of PetroQuest and its subsidiaries and a pledge of the equity interests of PQE and certain of PetroQuest’s other subsidiaries.
(b) | Prepetition Term Loan |
On August 31, 2018, PQE entered into a $50 million Multidraw Term Loan Agreement (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Prepetition Term Loan Agreement”), substantially similar to the Prior Pretition Term Loan Agreement, with the lenders party thereto (the “Prepetition Term Loan Lenders”) and Xxxxx Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Prepetition Term Loan Agent”), guaranteed by PetroQuest and TDC and secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of PetroQuest and certain of its subsidiaries, including a lien on all equipment and at least 90% of the aggregate total value of the oil and gas properties of PetroQuest and its subsidiaries, a lien on certain undeveloped acreage, and a pledge of the equity interests of PQE and certain of PetroQuest’s other subsidiaries. Pursuant to the terms of the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, the Debtors were able to immediately draw upon the balance of the $50 million of availability on the closing date of the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement. The Debtors drew down $50 million to pay the outstanding borrowings of $32.5 million, plus accrued interest, under the Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement and retained the balance (less fees) for general corporate purposes.
On September 14, 2018, PetroQuest, PQE, and TDC entered into a Forbearance Agreement with the Prepetition Term Loan Agent and the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders whereby the Prepetition Term Loan Agent and the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders agreed to forbear from taking any action with respect to certain anticipated events of default under the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement as a result of the non-payment by PetroQuest of interest on the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes. The Forbearance Agreement was originally effective from September 14, 2018 until the earlier to occur of (i) 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on September 28, 2018 and (ii) the occurrence of any specified forbearance default, but was subsequently extended pursuant to various amendments to the Forbearance Agreement until the earlier to occur of (i) 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on November 6, 2018 and (ii) the occurrence of any specified forbearance default.
(c) | Prepetition Second Lien Notes |
On February 17, 2016, PetroQuest issued $144,674,000 in aggregate principal amount of 10% second lien senior secured notes due February 15, 2021 (the “Prepetition Second Lien Notes”). The Prepetition Second Lien Notes were issued under that certain Indenture dated as of February 17, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 13, 2016, collectively the “Prepetition Second Lien Indenture”), among PetroQuest, as issuer, PQE and TDC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Trustee
11
thereunder (in such capacity, the “Prepetition Second Lien Trustee”). Interest under the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15, subject to a 30-day grace period. As a result of a September 2016 exchange offer and a December 2017 exchange, the Debtors reduced the outstanding amount of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes and as of the Petition Date, $9,427,000 of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, remains outstanding. The Debtors did not make the interest payment due on August 15, 2018 and the 30-day grace period expired on September 14, 2018. On September 14, 2018, PetroQuest, PQE, and TDC entered into a Forbearance Agreement with certain Holders of approximately $7,343,000 in aggregate principal amount (representing approximately 77.9% of the outstanding principal amount) of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes whereby the Holders agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture or related security documents with respect to certain anticipated events of default. The Forbearance Agreement was originally effective from September 14, 2018 until the earlier to occur of (i) 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on September 28, 2018 and (ii) the date the Forbearance Agreement otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms, but was subsequently extended pursuant to various amendments to the Forbearance Agreement until the earlier to occur of (i) 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on November 6, 2018 and (ii) the occurrence of any specified forbearance default.
The Prepetition Second Lien Notes are secured equally and ratably with the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes by second-priority liens on substantially all of PetroQuest’s and the subsidiary guarantors’ oil and gas properties and substantially all of their other assets to the extent such properties and assets secure the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement.
(d) | Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes |
On September 27, 2016, PetroQuest issued $243,468,000 in aggregate principal amount of 10% second lien senior secured PIK notes due February 15, 2021 (the “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes,” and collectively with the Prepetition Second Lien Notes, the “Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes”). The Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes were issued under that certain Indenture dated as of September 27, 2016 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture”), among PetroQuest, as issuer, PQE and TDC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Trustee thereunder (in such capacity, the “Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee,” and collectively in its capacity as the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee, the “Indenture Trustee”).
The Debtors were permitted, at their option, for the first three interest payment dates on the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes ending with the February 2018 interest payment, to instead pay interest at (i) the annual rate of 1% per annum in cash plus (ii) the annual rate of 9% PIK payable by increasing the principal amount outstanding of the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes. The Debtors exercised this option in connection with the interest payments due on February 15, 2017, August 15, 2017, and February 15, 2018. Interest under the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15, subject to a 30-day grace period. As of the Petition Date, $275,045,768 of the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, remains outstanding.
12
The Debtors did not make the interest payment due on August 15, 2018 and the 30-day grace period expired on September 14, 2018. On September 14, 2018, PetroQuest, PQE, and TDC entered into a Forbearance Agreement with certain Holders of approximately $194,559,842 in aggregate principal amount (representing approximately 70.7% of the outstanding principal amount) of the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes whereby the Holders agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture or related security documents with respect to certain anticipated events of default. The Forbearance Agreement was originally effective from September 28, 2018 until the earlier to occur of (i) 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on September 28, 2018 and (ii) the date the Forbearance Agreement otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms, but was subsequently extended pursuant to various amendments to the Forbearance Agreement until the earlier to occur of (i) 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on November 6, 2018 and (ii) the occurrence of any specified forbearance default.
The Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes are secured equally and ratably with the Prepetition Second Lien Notes by second-priority liens on substantially all of PetroQuest’s and the subsidiary guarantors’ oil and gas properties and substantially all of their other assets to the extent such properties and assets secure the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement.
2. | Equity Ownership |
(a) | Convertible Preferred Stock |
As of September 30, 2018, PetroQuest had issued and outstanding 1,495,000 shares of 6.875% Series B Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The Preferred Stock accumulates dividends at an annual rate of 6.875% for each share of Preferred Stock. Dividends are cumulative from the date of first issuance.
In connection with an amendment to the Debtors’ prior bank credit facility (which was terminated and replaced by the Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement in October 2016 and the Prepetition Tem Loan Agreement in August 2018) prohibiting PetroQuest from declaring or paying dividends on the Preferred Stock, PetroQuest suspended the quarterly cash dividend on its Preferred Stock beginning with the dividend payment due on April 15, 2016. The Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement also prohibited, and the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement prohibits, PetroQuest from declaring and paying cash dividends on the Preferred Stock.
As of September 30, 2018, PetroQuest had deferred eleven dividend payments and had accrued a $14.1 million payable related to the eleven deferred payments and the quarterly dividend that was payable on October 15, 2018. Because of the restrictions under the Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, PetroQuest did not pay the dividend that was payable on July 15, 2017, which represented the sixth deferred dividend payment. As a result, the Holders of the Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, had the right prior to the Petition Date to elect two additional directors to PetroQuest’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) unless all accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock were paid in full. On April 12, 2018, June 18, 2018, and September 7, 2018, PetroQuest received written notices from separate Holders of the Preferred Stock exercising this right by requesting that the Board call a special meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Stock for the purposes of electing the additional directors, as set forth in Section 4(ii) of the Certificate of Designations establishing the Preferred Stock, dated September 24, 2007. The April 12, 2018 and June 18, 2018 requests were subsequently withdrawn, but the September 7, 2018 request remains outstanding.
13
Each share of Preferred Stock may be converted at any time, at the option of the Holder, into 0.8608 shares of PetroQuest’s common stock (which is based on a conversion price of approximately $58.08 per share of common stock, subject to further adjustment) plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to PetroQuest’s right to settle all or a portion of any such conversion in cash or shares of its common stock. If PetroQuest elects to settle all or any portion of its conversion obligation in cash, the conversion value and the number of shares of PetroQuest’s common stock it will deliver upon conversion (if any) will be based upon a 20 trading day averaging period. Upon any conversion, the Holder will not receive any cash payment representing accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock, whether or not in arrears, except in limited circumstances.
(b) | Common Stock |
As of the Petition Date, the Debtors have 25,587,441 outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share. Since 2005, the common stock of PetroQuest had been traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “PQ.” On May 4, 2018, the NYSE Regulation Staff determined that PetroQuest’s common stock would be delisted from the NYSE. The decision was reached by the Staff under Section 802.01B of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual because PetroQuest had fallen below the NYSE’s continued listing standard requiring listed companies to maintain an average global market capitalization over a consecutive 30 trading day period of at least $15,000,000. PetroQuest’s common stock began trading on the OTCQX market (“OTC Pink”) on May 7, 2018 under the symbol “PQUE.”
III. | KEY EVENTS LEADING TO CHAPTER 11 CASES |
From 2015 to 2018, the Debtors took the following actions, among others, to increase liquidity, reduce debt levels, and extend debt maturities:
• | Sold all of the Debtors’ Oklahoma assets in three transactions that closed in June 2015, April 2016 and October 2016 for total consideration of $292.6 million; |
• | Reduced capital expenditures in 2016 by 75% when compared to capital expenditures in 2015; |
• | Completed two debt exchanges in 2016 to extend maturities on a significant portion of debt and to reduce cash interest expense until August 2018; |
• | Reduced total debt 25% from $425 million as of December 31, 2014 to $334 million as of September 30, 2018; |
• | Suspended the quarterly dividend on the Preferred Stock, saving $5.1 million annually; |
• | Entered into the $50 million Prior Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, which was subsequently replaced by the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement; |
14
• | Secured and executed the drilling joint venture in East Texas; |
• | Sold the Debtors’ Gulf of Mexico assets resulting in the extinguishment of $28.2 million of discounted asset retirement obligations from the Debtors’ balance sheet and the expected refund of up to $12.4 million of cash collateral ($8.3 million of which was received in October 2018) used to secure the Debtors’ offshore bonding (subject to the Debtors’ obligation to pay approximately $3.8 million to the purchaser of these assets, which was paid in October 2018); and |
• | Reduced full-time employees by 53% since year-end 2015. |
However, because of the continued downturn in natural gas prices, the Debtors’ overall liquidity position and cash available for capital expenditures was negatively impacted. Due to the sale of the Debtors’ Gulf of Mexico properties in January 2018 and normal production declines, production decreased by 41% in the three months ended September 30, 2018 when compared to the same period in 2017 and cash flow from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was $1.9 million. As of September 30, 2018, the Debtors had approximately $25.5 million of cash on hand and approximately $334 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness.
As discussed above, beginning with the August 15, 2018 interest payment on the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes, the Debtors were required to pay interest on their Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes at 10% in cash (instead of 1% in cash and 9% in payment in kind). The cash interest payment due on August 15, 2018 on the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes totaled approximately $14.2 million. Available borrowings under the Prior Prepetition Term Loan were subject to reductions on a calendar quarter basis and the Debtors’ ability to utilize such available borrowings was subject to the Coverage Ratio. Accordingly, the Debtors elected not to make the August 15, 2018 interest payment on the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes to fund continuing operations.
Because of the limited cash available for the August 15, 2018 interest payment on the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes, which were subject to a 30-day grace period, the Debtors engaged with certain Holders of the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes (the “Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders”) to restructure their debt.
Pursuant to the Plan negotiated with the Consenting Creditors, the Holders of the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Notes will exchange their debt for 100% of the New Equity in New Parent, subject to (i) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (ii) the Put Option Premium, and $80 million of New Second Lien PIK Notes. If approved by this Court, the Debtors’ restructuring will significantly reduce the Debtors’ debt load and associated cash interest expense, and provide them with additional liquidity to fund the Debtors’ continued development of their Cotton Valley assets in East Texas as well as investment in the Austin Chalk, a recently acquired oil focused play in Central Louisiana.
15
A. | Restructuring Negotiations |
Given the uncertainty regarding future commodity prices, continued price declines, and the Debtors’ unsustainable capital structure, the Board determined to hire Seaport Global (“Seaport”) in March 2016 to explore additional strategic alternatives. At this time, the Debtors and their advisors (including Xxxxxx Xxxxxx LLP) also began discussions with certain Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders.
B. | The Restructuring Support Agreement |
After extensive arm’s-length negotiations, the Debtors, the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders and certain of the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders were able to agree on the terms of a comprehensive restructuring transaction. The key terms of this transaction are embodied in the Restructuring Support Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B, which was signed on November 6, 2018 by the Debtors, the Prepetition Term Loan Lenders, and a group of Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders holding approximately 85% of the face value of the Prepetition Second Lien Notes.
The Debtors entered into the Restructuring Support Agreement only after a robust review process by the members of the Board. Based upon regular updates to the Board regarding the status of negotiations between the parties in the period leading up to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, and upon rigorous review and negotiation of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Plan by the Board, the Debtors determined that the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Plan represent the best transaction available and will maximize value to all stakeholders.
The Restructuring Support Agreement contemplates that certain restructuring transactions will be implemented in accordance with terms consistent with the Plan. The key elements of the Plan include:
• | Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders receive the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes. The Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders will receive 100% of the New Equity, subject to (i) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (ii) the Put Option Premium, and $80 million of New Second Lien PIK Notes. |
• | Restructuring takes place on an agreed schedule. The restructuring transactions will be conducted under a timeline set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement, which requires the Debtors to File the Plan by November 6, 2018 and the Effective Date to occur no later than December 31, 2018. |
• | Releases and Exculpation. The Plan includes mutual releases in favor of (a) the Debtors and their related persons, professionals, and entities, and (b) the Consenting Creditors and their related persons, professionals, and entities. The Plan will also provide for the exculpation of the Debtors and their related persons, professionals, and entities. |
16
The Restructuring Support Agreement includes the following key milestones:3
(a) | No later than 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 9, 2018, the Interim Cash Collateral Order must have been entered by the Court; |
(b) | No later than 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 16, 2018, the Court shall have entered an order provisionally approving the Disclosure Statement; |
(c) | No later than 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 16, 2018, the Court shall have entered an order approving the payment of the fees and expenses of the Consenting Creditors in accordance with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement; |
(d) | No later than 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 20, 2018, the Debtors shall have commenced solicitation in accordance with section 1126(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; |
(e) | No later than 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on November 27, 2018, the Final Cash Collateral Order must have been entered by the Court; |
(f) | No later than 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on December 21, 2018, the Confirmation Order must have been entered by the Court; and |
(g) | No later than 11:59 p.m. prevailing Central Time on December 31, 2018, the Effective Date shall have occurred. |
It is important to note that the Debtors maintain a broad “fiduciary out” under the Restructuring Support Agreement. Specifically, Section 5(c)(ii) of the Restructuring Support Agreement provides that each Debtor may terminate its obligations thereunder if its board of directors (or board of managers, as applicable) determines that proceeding with the contemplated restructuring transactions “would be inconsistent with the exercise of its fiduciary duties.”
IV. | DEVELOPMENTS AND ANTICIPATED EVENTS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES |
Under the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors agreed to commence the Chapter 11 Cases no later than November 6, 2018 (the “Petition Date”). The Debtors expect the Chapter 11 Cases to proceed quickly. Should the Debtors’ projected timelines prove accurate, the Debtors could emerge from chapter 11 by December 31, 2018. No assurances can be made, however, that the Court will enter various orders on the timetable anticipated by the Debtors.
3 | The Restructuring Support Agreement contains additional milestones that have already been satisfied. |
17
A. | First Day Pleadings |
On the Petition Date, along with their voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors Filed several motions (the “First Day Pleadings”) designed to facilitate the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and minimize disruption to the Debtors’ operations, by, among other things, easing the strain on the Debtors’ relationships with employees, vendors, insurers, and taxing authorities, among others, following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases. On the Petition Date, 2018, the Debtors Filed the following First Day Pleadings:
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Joint Administration of These Chapter 11 Cases; |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion to (I) Authorize the Debtors to File a Consolidated List of Their 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors and (II) Waive the Requirement that Each Debtor File a List of Creditors; |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Interim and Final Orders Authorizing the Debtors to (I) Continue Operating Their Cash Management System, (II) Honor Certain Prepetition Obligations, (III) Maintain Existing Bank Accounts and Business Forms, and (IV) Granting Related Relief; |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Debtors to (A) Maintain Existing Insurance Policies and Pay All Insurance Obligations Thereunder and (B) Renew, Revise, Extend, Supplement, Change, or Enter into New Insurance Policies and (II) Directing Financial Institutions to Honor All Related Payment Requests; |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing Use of Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Adequate Protection to the Prepetition Secured Parties, and (III) Modifying the Automatic Stay; |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing the Payment of the Prepetition Claims of Certain Lien Claimants and Section 503(B)(9) Claims and (II) Confirming Administrative Expense Priority of Outstanding Orders; |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Interim and Final Orders Authorizing (I) the Debtors to Pay Certain Prepetition Taxes and Related Obligations, and (II) Authorizing Financial Institutions to Receive, Process, Honor, and Pay All Checks Presented for Payment and to Honor all Funds Transfer Requests Related to Such Obligations; |
18
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing, but not Directing, the Debtors to Pay Prepetition Workforce Obligations; (II) Authorizing, but not Directing, the Debtors to Continue Certain Workforce Benefit Programs; and (III) Authorizing, but not Directing, Applicable Banks and Financial Institutions to Honor Prepetition Checks for Payment of the Prepetition Workforce Obligations; |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion to (I) Approve Adequate Assurance of Payment to Utility Companies, (II) Establish Procedures to Resolve Objections by Utility Companies, and (III) Prohibit Utility Companies from Altering, Refusing, or Discontinuing Service; |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Interim and Final Orders Authorizing (I) Payment of Joint Interest Xxxxxxxx, Interest Owner Payments, and GTP Costs and Adjustments and (II) Financial Institutions to Receive, Process, Honor, and Pay All Checks Presented for Payment and to Honor All Funds Transfer Requests Related to Such Obligations; and |
• | Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders Establishing Certain Notice and Hearing Procedures for Transfers of, and Declarations of Worthlessness with Respect to Certain Equity Interests of PetroQuest Energy, Inc. Nunc Pro Tunc to the Petition Date. |
B. | Other Administrative Motions and Retention Applications |
The Debtors intend to File several other motions that are common to chapter 11 proceedings of similar size and complexity as the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors will File applications (the “Retention Applications”) to retain the following professionals to assist them in the Chapter 11 Cases, including:
• | Xxxxxx Xxxxxx LLP; |
• | Seaport Global; |
• | FTI Consulting, Inc.; |
• | Ernst & Young, LLP; |
• | Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC; and |
• | LSH Partners Securities, LLC. |
C. | Claims Bar Date |
The Debtors may File a motion to establish procedures for Filing Proofs of Claim and to set a Claims Bar Date, which is intended to streamline the claims process and eliminate the need for certain creditors to File Proofs of Claim.
19
D. | Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases |
Prior to the Petition Date and in the ordinary course of business, the Debtors entered into hundreds of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. The Debtors, with the assistance of their advisors, have reviewed and will continue to review the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to identify contracts and leases to either assume or reject pursuant to sections 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.
The Debtors intend to include information in the Plan Supplement regarding the assumption or rejection of their Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be carried out as of the Effective Date, but may also elect to File additional discrete motions seeking to assume or reject various of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases before such time.
E. | Litigation Matters |
The Debtors’ material litigation is summarized in Exhibit F annexed hereto.
V. | SUMMARY OF THE PLAN |
This section of the Disclosure Statement summarizes the Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit A. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan.
A. | Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, and Priority Claims |
1. | Administrative Claims |
Except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims, and except to the extent that an Administrative Claim has already been paid during the Chapter 11 Cases or a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the applicable Debtor(s) agree to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim shall be paid in full in Cash on the latest of: (a) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date if such Administrative Claim is Allowed as of the Effective Date; (b) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the date such Administrative Claim is Allowed, if not Allowed as of the Effective Date; and (c) the date such Allowed Administrative Claim becomes due and payable, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable; provided that Allowed Administrative Claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ businesses shall be paid in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to such transactions.
Except as otherwise provided in Article II.A of the Plan and except with respect to Administrative Claims that are Professional Fee Claims, requests for payment of Administrative Claims arising between the Petition Date and the Effective Date must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order no later than the Administrative Claims Bar Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to, but do not, File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by such dates shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or their property and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to
20
such requests, if any, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors and the requesting party no later than 60 days after the Effective Date or such other date fixed by the Court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an Administrative Claim need be Filed with respect to an Administrative Claim previously Allowed.
For the avoidance of doubt, Claims for fees and expenses of advisors to the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee shall constitute Professional Fee Claims.
2. | Professional Compensation |
(a) | Final Fee Applications |
All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims, including the Professional Fee Claims incurred during the period from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtors no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. All such final requests will be subject to approval by the Court after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Code and prior orders of the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases, including the Interim Compensation Order, and once approved by the Court, will be promptly paid from the Professional Fee Escrow Account in the full Allowed amount of each such Professional Fee Claim. If the Professional Fee Escrow Account is insufficient to fund the full Allowed amounts of Professional Fee Claims, remaining unpaid Allowed Professional Fee Claims will be promptly paid by the Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Court.
(b) | Professional Fee Escrow Account |
On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Reserve Amount. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall not be subject to any Lien and shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of the Professionals. The funds in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall not be considered property of the Estates or of the Reorganized Debtors. When all Allowed amounts owing to Professionals have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be turned over to the Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Court.
(c) | Professional Fee Reserve Amount |
Professionals shall reasonably estimate their unpaid Professional Fee Claims before and as of the Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five (5) Business Days before the Effective Date, provided, however, that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of the Professional’s final request for payment of Professional Fee Claims. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.
21
(d) | Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, from and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice or application to or action, order, or approval of the Court, pay in Cash the reasonable, actual, and documented legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan and Consummation incurred on or after the Effective Date by the Professionals. Upon the Effective Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any Professional for fees and expenses incurred after the Effective Date in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
3. | Priority Tax Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code. In the event an Allowed Priority Tax Claim is also a Secured Tax Claim, such Claim shall, to the extent it is Allowed, be treated as an Other Secured Claim if such Claim is not otherwise paid in full.
4. | Statutory Fees |
All fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a) shall be paid by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed or closed, whichever occurs first. The Reorganized Debtors shall continue to File quarterly-post confirmation operating reports in accordance with the U.S. Trustee’s Region 7 Guidelines for Debtors-in-Possession.
B. | Classification of Claims and Interests |
1. | Summary of Classification |
Claims and Interests, except for Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, Cure Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, are classified in the Classes set forth in Article III of the Plan. A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date. The Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan of reorganization for each Debtor and the classifications set forth in Classes 1 through 11 shall be deemed to apply to each Debtor. For all purposes under the Plan, each Class will contain sub-Classes for each of the Debtors (i.e., there will be 11 Classes for each Debtor); provided that any Class that is vacant as to a particular Debtor will be treated in accordance with Article III.E of the Plan.
22
Class Identification
The classification of Claims and Interests against each Debtor (as applicable) pursuant to the Plan is as follows:
Class |
Claim or Interest |
Status |
Entitled to Vote | |||
1 | Other Priority Claims | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | |||
2 | Other Secured Claims | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | |||
3 | Secured Tax Claims | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | |||
4 | First Lien Claims | Unimpaired | No (Deemed to Accept) | |||
5 | Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims | Impaired | Yes | |||
6 | Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims | Impaired | Yes | |||
7 | General Unsecured Claims | Impaired | Yes | |||
8 | Section 510(b) Claims | Impaired | No (Deemed to Reject) | |||
9 | Intercompany Claims | Unimpaired/Impaired | No (Deemed to Either Accept or Reject) | |||
10 | Intercompany Interests | Unimpaired/Impaired | No (Deemed to Either Accept or Reject) | |||
11 | PetroQuest Interests | Impaired | No (Deemed to Reject) |
C. | Treatment of Claims and Interests |
1. | Class 1: Other Priority Claims |
(a) | Classification: Class 1 consists of Other Priority Claims. |
(b) | Treatment: In full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Other Priority Claim, each Holder thereof shall receive (i) payment in full, in Cash, of the unpaid portion of its Allowed Other Priority Claim or (ii) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. |
(c) | Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Other Priority Claim will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Other Priority Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
23
2. | Class 2: Other Secured Claims |
(a) | Classification: Class 2 consists of Other Secured Claims. |
(b) | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Other Secured Claim, each such Holder shall receive, at the Debtors’ election, either (i) Cash equal to the full Allowed amount of its Claim, (ii) Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed Other Secured Claim, (iii) the return or abandonment of the collateral securing such Allowed Other Secured Claim to such Holder, or (iv) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. |
(c) | Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Other Secured Claim will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Other Secured Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
3. | Class 3: Secured Tax Claims |
(a) | Classification: Class 3 consists of Secured Tax Claims. |
(b) | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Secured Tax Claim, each such Holder shall receive, at the Debtors’ election, either (i) Cash equal to the full Allowed amount of its Claim, (ii) Reinstatement of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Tax Claim, (iii) the return or abandonment of the collateral securing such Allowed Secured Tax Claim to such Holder, or (iv) such other treatment as may otherwise be agreed to by such Holder, the Debtors, and the Requisite Creditors. |
(c) | Voting: Class 3 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a Secured Claim Tax will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Secured Tax Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
24
4. | Class 4: First Lien Claims |
(a) | Classification: Class 4 consists of the First Lien Claims. |
(b) | Allowance: The First Lien Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and expenses. |
(c) | Treatment: On or before the Effective Date, each Holder of a First Lien Claim will receive Cash equal to the amount of its Allowed Claim from funds available pursuant to the Exit Facility. |
(d) | Voting: Class 4 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a First Lien Claim will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of First Lien Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
5. | Class 5: Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims |
(a) Classification: Class 5 consists of all Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims.
(b) Allowance: The Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of $9,427,000 plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date.
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim, each such Holder shall receive (i) its Pro Rata share of 100% of the New Equity under the Plan, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and (ii) its Pro Rata share of $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes; such Pro Rata share of the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes calculated by including the $275,045,768 (plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date) of Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims as Claims that will share Pro Rata in 100% of New Equity, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes.
(d) Voting: Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim will be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
25
6. | Class 6: Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims |
(a) | Classification: Class 6 consists of all Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims. |
(b) | Allowance: The Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the aggregate amount of $275,045,768 plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date. |
(c) | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for its Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claim, each such Holder shall receive (i) its Pro Rata share of 100% of the New Equity under the Plan, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and (ii) its Pro Rata share of $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes; such Pro Rata share of the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes calculated by including the $9,427,000 (plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon payable through the Petition Date) of Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims as Claims that will share Pro Rata in 100% of New Equity, subject to (x) dilution by the awards related to New Equity issued under the Management Incentive Plan and (y) the Put Option Premium, and $80 million in New Second Lien PIK Notes. |
(d) | Voting: Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claim will be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
7. | Class 7: General Unsecured Claims |
(a) | Classification: Class 7 consists of all General Unsecured Claims. |
(b) | Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees a to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed General Unsecured Claim and of and in exchange for each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, each such Holder shall receive its Pro Rata share of the General Unsecured Claims Distribution on the Effective Date; provided, however, that to the extent that Class 7 votes to accept the Plan, the Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims shall not receive any distribution on account of their Allowed Second Lien Deficiency Claims. |
26
(c) | Voting: Class 7 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a General Unsecured Claim will be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
8. | Class 8: Section 510(b) Claims |
(a) | Classification: Class 8 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims. |
(b) | Treatment: Section 510(b) Claims, if any, shall be discharged, canceled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date, and shall be of no further force or effect, and Holders of Section 510(b) Claims shall not receive any distribution on account of such Section 510(b) Claims. |
(c) | Voting: Class 8 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a Section 510(b) Claim will be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
9. | Class 9: Intercompany Claims |
(a) | Classification: Class 9 consists of all Intercompany Claims. |
(b) | Treatment: Intercompany Claims shall be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Reorganized Debtors’ option, shall be cancelled. No distribution shall be made on account of any Intercompany Claims other than in the ordinary course of business of the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, Intercompany Claims that are Reinstated as of the Effective Date, if any, shall be subordinate in all respects to the Exit Facility and the New Second Lien PIK Notes. |
(c) | Voting: Intercompany Claims are either Unimpaired, in which case the Holders of such Intercompany Claims will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired and not receiving any distribution under the Plan, in which case the Holders of such Intercompany Claims will be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Intercompany Claims will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
27
10. | Class 10: Intercompany Interests |
(a) | Classification: Class 10 consists of all Intercompany Interests. |
(b) | Treatment: Intercompany Interests shall be Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Reorganized Debtors’ option, shall be cancelled. No distribution shall be made on account of any Intercompany Interests. |
No distributions on account of Intercompany Interests are being made to the Holders of such Intercompany Interests. Instead, to the extent Intercompany Interests are Reinstated under the Plan, such Reinstatement is solely for the purposes of administrative convenience, for the ultimate benefit of the Holders of the New Equity, and in exchange for the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ agreement under the Plan to make certain distributions to the Holders of Allowed Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Reinstated pursuant to the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall continue to be owned by the Reorganized Debtor that corresponds to the Debtor that owned such Intercompany Interests prior to the Effective Date. |
(c) | Voting: Intercompany Interests are either Unimpaired, in which case the Holders of such Intercompany Interests will be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired, in which case the Holders of such Intercompany Interests will be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Intercompany Interests will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
11. | Class 11: PetroQuest Interests |
(a) | Classification: Class 11 consists of all PetroQuest Interests. |
(b) | Treatment: On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, all PetroQuest Interests will be extinguished and the Holders of PetroQuest Interests shall not receive or retain any distribution, property, or other value on account of their PetroQuest Interests. |
(c) | Voting: Class 11 is Impaired under the Plan. Each Holder of a PetroQuest Interest will be conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of PetroQuest Interests will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. |
28
12. | Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims |
Nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to or setoffs or recoupment against any such Unimpaired Claims.
13. | Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code |
The Debtors reserve the right to seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests, and the Filing of the Plan shall constitute a motion for such relief.
14. | Elimination of Vacant Classes |
Any Class of Claims that does not contain an Allowed Claim or a Claim temporarily Allowed by the Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
15. | Voting Classes; Deemed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes |
If a Class contains Claims eligible to vote and no Holder of Claims eligible to vote in such Class votes to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be deemed accepted by such Class.
16. | Subordinated Claims |
Except as may be the result of the settlement described in Article VIII.A of the Plan, the allowance, classification, and treatment of all Claims and Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to re-classify any Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.
D. | Means for Implementation of the Plan |
1. | Restructuring Transactions |
On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, shall undertake the Restructuring Transactions, including: (1) the execution and delivery of any appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan, and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree;
29
(2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable Entities agree; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; (4) all transactions necessary to provide for the purchase of some or substantially all of the assets of or Interests in any of the Debtors, which transactions shall be structured in the most tax efficient manner, including in whole or in part as a taxable transaction for United States federal income tax purposes, as determined by the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors; (5) the execution and delivery of the Exit Facility Documents; (6) the execution and delivery of Definitive Documentation not otherwise included in the foregoing, if any; and (7) all other actions that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Requisite Creditors determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.
2. | Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions |
The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan as follows:
(a) | Issuance and Distribution of New Equity |
The New Equity, including options, or other equity awards, if any, reserved under the Management Incentive Plan, shall be authorized on the Effective Date without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or Holders of Claims or Interests.
All of the shares of New Equity issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance of the New Equity under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.
(b) | New Second Lien PIK Notes |
On the Effective Date, New Parent will issue the New Second Lien PIK Notes in accordance with the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents. The Confirmation Order shall constitute approval of the New Second Lien PIK Notes (including the transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, including the payment of all fees and expenses provided for therein), and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and perform under the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents and such other documents as may be required or appropriate.
The New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The financial accommodations pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Notes are being issued, and shall be deemed to have been issued, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including
30
equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent transfers, obligations, or conveyances, or other voidable transfers or obligations under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable non-bankruptcy law. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents (a) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents, (b) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents, and (c) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent transfers, obligations, or conveyances, or other voidable transfers or obligations under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons and Entities granted such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
(c) | Exit Facility |
On the Effective Date, the Combined Consenting Second Lien Noteholders shall provide the Exit Facility in accordance with the terms of the Exit Facility Documents, which terms and conditions shall be acceptable to the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors. The Reorganized Debtors shall use the proceeds of the Exit Facility to pay the outstanding amount of the First Lien Claims and for any other purpose permitted by the Exit Facility Documents. The Exit Facility shall include the following material terms:
1) | The Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders will be offered the opportunity to become a lender under the Exit Facility on a Pro Rata basis, based on each Holder’s respective holdings of Second Lien Notes Claims, through a syndication process. |
2) | The Commitment Parties will enter into the Exit Facility Commitment Letter pursuant to which the Commitment Parties shall agree to backstop any portion of the principal amount of the Exit Facility for which the other Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders have not exercised their ability to become a lender under the Exit Facility in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable syndication procedures. |
3) | In consideration for their commitments under the Exit Facility Commitment Letter, the Commitment Parties shall receive the Put Option Premium. |
31
4) | Terms of the Exit Facility to include: |
i. | Borrower: New Parent |
ii. | Guarantors: Each subsidiary of New Parent |
iii. | Principal Amount: $50 million |
iv. | Term: 5 years |
v. | Interest Rate: LIBOR + 750 bps (subject to a 1.00% floor) |
vi. | Security: Secured by a first lien security interest in the equity of each subsidiary of New Parent on the same collateral that secures the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement |
3. | Distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims |
The GUC Administrator shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims to be funded from Cash from the General Unsecured Claims Distribution in accordance with the GUC Administrator Agreement.
4. | Corporate Existence |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, each Debtor shall continue to exist on and after the Effective Date as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, pursuant to the New Organizational Documents and the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other analogous formation, constituent, or governance documents) in effect before the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other analogous formation, constituent, or governance documents) is amended by the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent any such document is amended, such document is deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and requires no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state or federal law).
5. | Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate, including all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors shall vest in each applicable Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property, and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.
32
To the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to the Plan, or any agent for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim, as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date, such Holder (or the agent for such Holder) shall take any and all steps requested by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or any administrative agent or indenture trustee under the Exit Facility Documents or the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents that are necessary to cancel and/or extinguish such Liens and/or security interests.
After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may present Court order(s) or assignment(s) suitable for filing in the records of every county or governmental agency where the property vested in accordance with the foregoing paragraph is or was located, which provide that such property is conveyed to and vested in the Reorganized Debtors. The Court order(s) or assignment(s) may designate all Liens, Claims, encumbrances, or other interests which appear of record and/or from which the property is being transferred, assigned and/or vested free and clear of. The Plan shall be conclusively deemed to be adequate notice that such Lien, Claim, encumbrance, or other interest is being extinguished and no notice, other than by this Plan, shall be given prior to the presentation of such Court order(s) or assignment(s). Any Person having a Lien, Claim, encumbrance, or other interest against any of the property vested in accordance with the foregoing paragraph shall be conclusively deemed to have consented to the transfer, assignment, and vesting of such property to or in the Reorganized Debtors free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances by failing to object to confirmation of this Plan, except as otherwise provided in this Plan.
6. | Cancellation of Existing Securities |
Except for the purpose of evidencing a right to distribution under the Plan and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date: (i) the obligations of the Debtors under the Prepetition Agreements, and each certificate, share, note, bond, indenture, purchase right, option, warrant, or other instrument or document, directly or indirectly, evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of, or ownership interest in, the Debtors or giving rise to any Claim or Interest shall be cancelled or extinguished and the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall not have any continuing obligations thereunder; and (ii) the obligations of the Debtors pursuant, relating, or pertaining to any agreements, indentures, certificates of designation, bylaws, or certificate or articles of incorporation or similar documents governing the shares, certificates, notes, bonds, purchase rights, options, warrants, or other instruments or documents evidencing or creating any indebtedness or obligation of the Debtors shall be released and discharged.
On and after the Effective Date, all duties and responsibilities of the Prepetition Term Loan Agent under the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement, and the Indenture Trustee under the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture, shall be fully discharged unless otherwise specifically set forth in or provided for under the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Indentures shall continue in effect solely for the purposes of, as applicable, (a) allowing Holders of Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims
33
to receive distributions under the Plan and (b) allowing and preserving the rights of the Indenture Trustees to (i) make distributions in satisfaction of Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims, (ii) maintain and exercise their respective Charging Liens under the terms of the Indentures or any related or ancillary document, instrument, agreement, or principle of law against Holders of Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims, as applicable, and distributions thereto, (iii) seek compensation and reimbursement for any reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred in making such distributions, (iv) maintain and enforce any right to indemnification, expense reimbursement, contribution, or subrogation or any other claim or entitlement that the Indenture Trustees may have under the applicable Indentures, (v) exercise their rights and obligations relating to the interests of their Holders pursuant to the applicable Indentures, and (vi) appear in these Chapter 11 Cases. For the avoidance of doubt, all indemnification obligations and expense reimbursement obligations of the Debtors arising under the Indentures in favor of the Indenture Trustees, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, controlling persons, and legal and financial advisors shall survive, remain in full force and effect, and be enforceable against the Debtors or their Estates on and after the Effective Date and shall be enforceable through the exercise of the applicable Charging Lien against the Holders of Allowed Prepetition Second Lien Notes Claims and Allowed Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes Claims, as applicable, and distributions thereto.
If the record Holder of any Prepetition Second Lien Notes, Prepetition Second Lien PIK Notes, or PetroQuest Interests is DTC or its nominee or another securities depository or custodian thereof, and such Note or Interest is represented by a global security held by or on behalf of DTC or such other securities depository or custodian, then each beneficial owner of such Note or Interest shall be deemed to have surrendered its Note or Interest upon surrender of such global security by DTC or such other securities depository or custodian thereof.
7. | Corporate Action |
Upon the Effective Date, all actions (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date) contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved by the Court in all respects without any further corporate or equityholder action, including, as applicable: (1) issuance of the New Second Lien PIK Notes; (2) execution and delivery of the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents; (3) the adoption and/or filing of the New Organizational Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement; (4) the authorization, issuance, and distribution of the New Equity; (5) appointment of the directors and officers for New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors; (6) the Management Incentive Plan on the terms and conditions set forth in the MIP Term Sheet; (7) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; and (8) all other actions contemplated by the Plan. Upon the Effective Date, all matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate action required by the Debtors, New Parent, or the other Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan (including any items listed in the first sentence of this paragraph) shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, or officers of the Debtors, New Parent or the other Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) before the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors, New Parent, or the other Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized and directed to
34
issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated by the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors, including the Exit Facility Documents, the New Second Lien PIK Notes Documents, the New Organizational Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing, to the extent not previously authorized by the Court. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by Article IV.G of the Plan shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law or contract, including for any vote of shareholders or equityholders.
8. | New Organizational Documents |
To the extent required under the Plan or applicable non-bankruptcy law, New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors will, on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, file their respective New Organizational Documents with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in their respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of the respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation. Pursuant to and only to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the New Organizational Documents of the Reorganized Debtors will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity securities and will comply with all other applicable provisions of section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code regarding the distribution of power among, and dividends to be paid to, different classes of voting securities. From and after the Effective Date, New Parent and the other Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may amend and restate their respective New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents, as permitted by the laws of their respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation and their respective New Organizational Documents.
On the Effective Date, the New Organizational Documents, substantially in the forms set forth in the Plan Supplement, shall be deemed to be valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with their terms and provisions.
9. | Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors |
As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the board of directors, members or managers of each of the Debtors shall expire automatically, and the New Boards and the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be appointed in accordance with the Plan, the New Organizational Documents, and other constituent documents of each Reorganized Debtor. The initial New Parent Board shall consist of five (5) members, consisting of Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx as the President and Chief Executive Officer of New Parent and four (4) additional Persons selected by the Requisite Creditors.
Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors will, to the extent known, disclose in advance of the Confirmation Hearing the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the initial New Boards, as well as those Persons that will serve as an officer of New Parent or any of the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent any such director, member, manager or officer is an Insider, the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director, member, manager or officer will also be disclosed. Each such director, member, manager and officer shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of New Parent and each of the other Reorganized Debtors.
35
10. | Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions |
On and after the Effective Date, New Parent and each of the other Reorganized Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors’ officers, and the members of the New Boards are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan, including the New Equity and the New Second Lien PIK Notes, in the name of and on behalf of New Parent or the other Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.
11. | Exemption from Certain Taxes and Fees |
Pursuant to, and to the fullest extent permitted by, section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any issuance, transfer, or exchange of a Security (including, without limitation, of the New Equity and the New Second Lien PIK Notes) or transfer of property, in each case, pursuant to, in contemplation of, or in connection with, the Plan shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, stamp act, real estate transfer tax, sale or use tax, mortgage recording tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forgo the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any instruments of transfer or other relevant documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment.
12. | Preservation of Causes of Action |
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject in all respects to Article VIII of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and such rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. A schedule of the Causes of Action known by the Debtors to be retained by the Reorganized Debtors will be included as part of the Plan Supplement. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Causes of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against it. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan. Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Court order, including, without
36
limitation, pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all Causes of Action for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation. For the avoidance of doubt, in no instance will any Cause of Action preserved pursuant to Article IV.L of the Plan include any claim or Cause of Action with respect to, or against, a Released Party.
In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, except as otherwise provided herein, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor. The applicable Reorganized Debtors, through their authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
13. | Director and Officer Liability Insurance |
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, effective as of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all D&O Liability Insurance Policies pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ assumption of such D&O Liability Insurance Policies to the extent they are Executory Contracts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim need be Filed, and shall survive the Effective Date.
14. | Management Incentive Plan |
The Management Incentive Plan will be a comprehensive equity-based award plan as part of the go-forward compensation for the Reorganized Debtors’ management in accordance with the MIP Term Sheet. The Confirmation Order shall authorize and require the New Parent Board to adopt and enter into the Management Incentive Plan, on the terms and conditions set forth in the MIP Term Sheet.
15. | Employee and Retiree Benefits |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, all written employment, severance, retirement, and other similar employee-related agreements or arrangements in place as of the Effective Date with the Debtors, including any key employee incentive plans and/or key employee retention plans that may be approved by the Court in the Chapter 11 Cases and any items approved as part of the Confirmation Order, retirement income plans and welfare benefit plans, or discretionary bonus plans or variable incentive plans
37
regarding payment of a percentage of annual salary based on performance goals and financial targets for certain employees, shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place after the Effective Date, as may be amended by agreement between the beneficiaries of such agreements, plans, or arrangements, on the one hand, and the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, on the other hand, or, after the Effective Date, by agreement with the Reorganized Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any equity-based compensation, agreement, or arrangement existing as of the Petition Date. Nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, claims, Causes of Action, or other rights with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans.
16. | Payment of Fees and Expenses of the Consenting Creditors |
On the Effective Date, to the extent not otherwise paid pursuant to an order of this Court, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Consenting Creditors Fee Reserve Amount. The Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of the applicable Consenting Creditors Professionals. The funds in the Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account shall not be considered property of the Estates or of the Reorganized Debtors and shall not be subject to any Liens.
After the Effective Date, the Consenting Creditors Fees will be subject to a review by the Reorganized Debtors for a period of seven (7) Business Days following submission of each invoice (including reasonable documentation of such fees and expenses), which may be redacted to preserve privilege and/or confidentiality. To the extent the Reorganized Debtors deliver to the applicable Consenting Creditor a written notice of objection within the seven (7) Business Day review period, and the applicable Consenting Creditor and the Reorganized Debtors are unable to resolve such objection on a consensual basis within seven (7) Business Days after such objection has been submitted, the Reorganized Debtors may File with the Court a motion or other pleading setting forth the specific objections to the disputed invoice, and the Court shall adjudicate the matter. The Reorganized Debtors will promptly pay any undisputed Consenting Creditors Fees on the later of the Effective Date or one (1) Business Day following the expiration of the seven (7) Business Day review period. When all such amounts owing to Consenting Creditors have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Consenting Creditors Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be turned over to the Reorganized Debtors without any further action or order of the Court.
Consenting Creditors Professionals shall reasonably estimate their unpaid Consenting Creditors Fees before and as of the Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five (5) Business Days before the Effective Date. If any of the Consenting Creditors Professionals does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Consenting Creditors Professional.
38
17. | Preservation of the Charging Lien of the Indenture Trustee |
Each Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to assert its Charging Lien arising under and in accordance with the applicable Indenture and any ancillary document, instrument, or agreement to obtain payment of its respective fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of its professionals. Reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Indenture Trustee after the Effective Date in its capacity as Disbursing Agent and for matters related to distributions to the Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors and any dispute between the Reorganized Debtors and the Indenture Trustee regarding the reasonableness of such fees and expenses may be submitted to the Court for resolution.
18. | Preservation of Royalty and Working Interests |
Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, on and after the Effective Date all Royalty and Working Interests shall be fully preserved and remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the relevant granting instruments or other governing documents applicable to such Royalty and Working Interests, which granting instruments and governing documents shall remain in full force and effect, and no Royalty and Working Interests or any liabilities and obligations arising therefrom, including payment obligations, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, shall be compromised or discharged by the Plan.
19. | GUC Administrator |
The GUC Administrator shall have the power to administer the General Unsecured Claims Distribution and make or authorize distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the GUC Administrator shall: (a) hold and administer the Cash that comprises the General Unsecured Claims Distribution; (b) have authority to pay from the General Unsecured Claims Distribution all out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the discharge of its duties under the Plan; (c) have the power and authority to retain such attorneys, advisors, other professionals and employees as may be appropriate to perform the duties required of the GUC Administrator in the Plan and in the GUC Administrator Agreement; (d) make distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims as provided in the Plan and in the GUC Administrator Agreement; and (e) provide periodic reports and updates to the Reorganized Debtors regarding the status of the administration of the General Unsecured Claims as may be reasonably required. The Reorganized Debtors shall cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner and in good faith with the GUC Administrator to assure that the GUC Administrator has reasonable access to the Reorganized Debtors’ books and records in possession of the Reorganized Debtors in connection with its duty to object to and resolve General Unsecured Claims.
Prior to the Effective Date, an amount of Cash from the General Unsecured Claims Distribution determined by the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee in consultation with the Requisite Creditors sufficient to perform the functions of the GUC Administrator in connection with its responsibilities, including fees for its counsel, shall be placed into a segregated account. Any excess amount remaining in the account in connection with the closing of the Chapter 11 Cases will be treated as distributable Cash to Holders of General Unsecured Claims.
39
E. | Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases |
1. | Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases |
On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases will be deemed assumed and assigned to the Reorganized Debtors or their designated assignee in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is set forth on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, other than: (1) those that are identified on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (2) those that have been previously rejected by a Final Order; (3) those that are the subject of a motion to reject Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that is pending on the Effective Date; or (4) those that are subject to a motion to reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to which the requested effective date of such rejection is after the Effective Date.
Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Court’s order approving the assumptions, assumptions and assignments, or rejections, as applicable, of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan or in the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases and the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Unless otherwise indicated, assumptions, assumptions and assignments, or rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to the Plan are effective as of the Effective Date. Each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan but not assigned to a third party before the Effective Date shall re-vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may have been modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Court. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by the Court on or after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases at any time prior to the Effective Date on no less than three (3) days’ notice to the applicable non-Debtor counterparties.
2. | Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases |
Counterparties to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases shall be promptly served with a notice of rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, if any, must be Filed with the Court within the earliest to occur of (1) thirty (30) days after the date of entry of an order of the Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such rejection or (2) thirty (30) days after notice of any rejection that occurs after the Effective Date. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that are not Filed within such time will be automatically Disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or the
40
Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or any Proof of Claim to the contrary. Claims arising from the rejection of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III.B.7 of the Plan.
3. | Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases |
At least fourteen (14) days before the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtors shall distribute, or cause to be distributed, Cure Notices of proposed assumption or assumption and assignment and proposed amounts of Cure Claims to the applicable counterparties and the Requisite Creditors. Any objection by a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the proposed assumption or assumption and assignment or related Cure Claim must be Filed, served and actually received by the Debtors and the Requisite Creditors at least seven (7) days before the Confirmation Hearing. In the event that any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is removed from the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases after such time as the Cure Notices referred to above have been distributed, a separate Cure Notice of proposed assumption or assumption and assignment and the proposed amount of the Cure Claim with respect to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be sent promptly to the counterparty thereof and a hearing will be set to consider whether such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease can be assumed or assumed and assigned.
Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption or assumption and assignment or the proposed Cure Claim will be deemed to have assented to such assumption or assumption and assignment and the Cure Claim. Payment in Cash, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, to such counterparty of the amount set forth on the applicable Cure Notice shall, as a matter of law, satisfy any and all monetary defaults under the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. In the event of a dispute regarding (1) the amount of any payments to cure such a default, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee, to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed, or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption or assumption and assignment, such dispute shall be resolved by a Final Order of the Court.
In any case, if the Court determines that the Allowed Cure Claim with respect to any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is greater than the amount set forth in the applicable Cure Notice, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the consent of the Requisite Creditors will have the right to add such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, in which case such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed rejected as of the Effective Date. After such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is added to the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, the applicable counterparty shall be served with a notice of rejection of its Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.
41
Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Claims or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time before the date that the Debtors assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any Proofs of Claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed shall be deemed Disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
4. | Insurance Policies |
Without limiting Article IV.M, all of the Debtors’ insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto.
5. | Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements |
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed or assumed and assigned shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements that in any manner affect such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases related thereto, if any, including easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests, unless any of the foregoing agreements has been previously rejected or repudiated or is rejected or repudiated under the Plan.
Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases, shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith.
6. | Reservation of Rights |
Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, nor anything contained in the Plan, shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors, or, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, in each case with the consent of the Requisite Creditors, shall have thirty (30) days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter the treatment of such contract or lease.
42
7. | Nonoccurrence of Effective Date |
In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.
8. | Contracts and Leases Entered into After the Petition Date |
Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor will be performed by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor liable thereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases that have not been rejected as of the date of Confirmation will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.
F. | Provisions Governing Distributions |
1. | Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed |
Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if a Claim is not an Allowed Claim on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim becomes Allowed or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), each Holder of an Allowed Claim (or such Holder’s affiliate), including any portion of a Claim that is an Allowed Claim notwithstanding that other portions of such Claim are a Disputed Claim, shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in each applicable Class. In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date. If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.
2. | Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions |
(a) | Delivery of Distributions |
1) | Distribution Record Date |
As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, (i) the various transfer registers for each of the Classes of Claims and Interests maintained by the Debtors, or their respective agents, and (ii) the transfer books and records of the respective Notes as maintained by the Indenture Trustee, its respective agents, or DTC, shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record Holders of any of the Claims and Interests. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, the GUC Administrator, and the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of the Claims or Interests occurring on or after the Distribution Record Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution Record Date shall not apply to any distributions made through DTC and shall be made through the facilities of the DTC in accordance with the customary practices of DTC for a mandatory distribution.
43
2) | Delivery of Distributions in General |
Except as otherwise provided herein, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be made to the Holders of record as of the Distribution Record Date by the Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent for all Claims other than General Unsecured Claims, and by the GUC Administrator for General Unsecured Claims, as follows: (1) to the signatory at the address set forth on the last Proof of Claim Filed by such Holder or other representative identified therein (or at the last known addresses of such Holder if the Debtors have been notified in writing of a change of address); (2) at the address set forth in any written notice of address changes delivered to the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date; (3) at the address reflected in the Schedules if no Proof of Claim has been Filed and the Reorganized Debtors have not received a written notice of a change of address; or (4) to any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims shall not be subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or like legal process, so that each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have and receive the benefit of the distributions in the manner set forth in the Plan. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Indenture Trustee shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any distributions under the Plan except for gross negligence or willful misconduct.
3) | Delivery of Distributions to Prepetition Term Loan Lenders |
Any and all distributions to Holders of First Lien Claims as of the Distribution Record Date shall be governed by the Prepetition Term Loan Agreement. The Prepetition Term Loan Agent shall cooperate with the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (including the Disbursing Agent) to enable the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (through the Disbursing Agent) to make such distributions, including providing, within three (3) Business Days following the Distribution Record Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (including the Disbursing Agent) with a list of all Holders of First Lien Claims as of the Distribution Record Date, including the address at which each such Holder is authorized to receive its distribution under the Plan and the amount of First Lien Claims held by each such Holder.
4) | Delivery of Distributions to Combined Prepetition Second Lien Noteholders |
Any and all distributions to the Holders of the Second Lien Notes Claims as of the Distribution Record Date shall be governed by the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture, as applicable. Each Indenture Trustee shall cooperate with the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors to enable the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (through the Indenture Trustee) to make such distributions, including providing, within three (3) Business Days following the Distribution Record Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors with a list of all Holders of Second Lien Notes Claims as of the Distribution Record Date and the amount of the Second Lien Notes Claims held by each such Holder. Distributions to the Holders of the Second Lien Notes Claims shall be deemed to have been made when reflected in the Reorganized Debtors’ stock register according to the information provided by the Indenture Trustee.
44
All distributions on account of Allowed Second Lien Notes Claims (a) shall be governed by the Prepetition Second Lien Indenture or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Indenture, as applicable, and (b) will be made to (or in coordination with) the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee, respectively, which will serve as the Reorganized Debtors’ Disbursing Agent for purposes of making distributions under the Plan to Holders of the Second Lien Notes Claims. The Prepetition Second Lien Trustee and the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee may transfer or direct the transfer of such distributions directly through the facilities of DTC (with the accompanying surrender of the Second Lien Notes Claims) and will be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with DTC, on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, consistent with the customary practices of DTC. To the extent that any distributions are not eligible for distribution through DTC, the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee, respectively, or the applicable paying agent, as applicable, shall have no duties or responsibilities relating to any form of distribution that is not DTC eligible; provided that all such distributions shall be subject in all respects to the right of the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee to assert its applicable Charging Liens arising under and in accordance with the applicable Indenture and any ancillary document, instrument, or agreement, against such distributions with respect to any unpaid fees and expenses (including professionals’ fees) or other amounts payable to the Prepetition Second Lien Trustee or the Prepetition Second Lien PIK Trustee, or any applicable paying agent, as applicable, under the applicable Indenture and any related or ancillary document, instrument, agreement or principle of law as applicable. All distributions made to Holders of Allowed Second Lien Notes Claims are expected to be eligible to be distributed through the facilities of DTC.
(b) | Minimum Distributions |
No fractional shares of New Equity or fractions of New Second Lien PIK Notes shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional shares of New Equity or fractions of New Second Lien PIK Notes. When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim would otherwise result in a fractional share of New Equity or a fraction of New Second Lien PIK Notes, the actual issuance shall reflect a rounding as follows: (a) fractions of one-half or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number; and (b) fractions of less than one-half shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefor. The total number of authorized shares of New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes to be distributed pursuant to the Plan shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.
Holders of Allowed Claims entitled to distributions of $50.00 or less shall not receive distributions, and each Claim to which this limitation applies shall be discharged pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan and its Holder shall be forever barred pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan from asserting that Claim against the Reorganized Debtors or their property.
45
(c) | Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property |
In the event that any distribution to any Holder is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such Holder shall be made unless and until the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (including the Disbursing Agent), as applicable, or the GUC Administrator solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims, shall have determined the then-current address of such Holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest; provided that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one year from the Effective Date. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall be property of the Reorganized Debtors or distributed to Holders of General Unsecured Claims if part of the General Unsecured Claims Distribution without need for a further order by the Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial, or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any Holder to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.
3. | Securities Registration Exemption |
Notwithstanding any provision of the Registration Rights Agreement, all shares of New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes issued under the Plan will be issued to the fullest extent permitted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code without registration under the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws. These Securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act or other federal securities laws pursuant to the exemption provided by section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions if the Holder is an “underwriter” with respect to such Securities, as such term is defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, Securities that are exempt pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code generally may be resold without registration under state securities laws pursuant to various exemptions provided by the respective laws of the several states. The New Equity underlying the Management Incentive Plan will be issued pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act and other applicable law. On the Effective Date, PetroQuest shall have deregistered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and New Parent will be subject to the reporting requirements under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Should the Reorganized Debtors elect, on or after the Effective Date, to reflect all or any portion of the ownership of the New Equity or New Second Lien PIK Notes to be held through the facilities of DTC, none of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, nor any other Person shall be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan and Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of the New Equity or New Second Lien PIK Notes under applicable securities laws, and the Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be legal and binding obligations of the Reorganized Debtors in all respects.
The DTC shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the New Equity or New Second Lien PIK Notes are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depositary services.
46
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Equity and New Second Lien PIK Notes are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depositary services.
4. | Compliance with Tax Requirements |
In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances.
5. | Allocations |
Each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have the option to apply such Holder’s Pro Rata share of consideration distributed under the Plan (cash or value) to satisfy outstanding principal of or accrued interest on such Holder’s Allowed Claim, as such allocation is determined by such Holder in its sole discretion.
6. | No Postpetition Interest on Claims |
Unless otherwise specifically provided for in an order of the Court, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy law, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims or Interests and no Holder of a Claim or Interest shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any such Claim.
7. | Setoffs and Recoupment |
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, set off against, or recoup from, any Claim against a Debtor of any nature whatsoever that the applicable Debtor may have against the claimant, but neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim against a Debtor hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the applicable Debtor of any such Claim it may have against the Holder of such Allowed Claim.
47
8. | Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties |
(a) | Claims Paid by Third Parties |
The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with respect to Claims other than General Unsecured Claims, and the GUC Administrator with respect to General Unsecured Claims, shall reduce in full an Allowed Claim, and such Claim shall be Disallowed without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and thereafter receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor, a Reorganized Debtor, or the GUC Administrator on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within fourteen (14) days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the Reorganized Debtors or the GUC Administrator, as applicable, to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the Petition Date. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the Reorganized Debtors or the GUC Administrator, as applicable, annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the fourteen (14) day grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.
(b) | Claims Payable by Insurers |
Holders of Claims that are covered by the Debtors’ insurance policies shall seek payment of such Claims from applicable insurance policies, provided that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the GUC Administrator, as applicable, shall have no obligation to pay any amounts in respect of prepetition deductibles or self-insured retention amounts. No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without an objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Court.
(c) | Applicability of Insurance Policies |
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.
48
G. | Procedures for Resolving Contingent, Unliquidated, and Disputed Claims |
1. | Allowance of Claims |
On or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and the GUC Administrator (solely with respect to General Unsecured Claims) shall have any and all rights and defenses the Debtors had with respect to any Claim immediately prior to the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under the Plan or the Bankruptcy Code, or the Court has entered a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order), in the Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.
2. | Claims and Interests Administration Responsibilities |
(a) | Reorganized Debtors |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, by order of the Court, shall have the sole authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to Claims (other than General Unsecured Claims); (2) to settle or compromise any Disputed Claim (other than General Unsecured Claims) without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register (except with respect to General Unsecured Claims) to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Court.
(b) | GUC Administrator |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the GUC Administrator, by order of the Court, shall have the sole authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to General Unsecured Claims; (2) to settle